WO2023208025A1 - Communication method and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023208025A1
WO2023208025A1 PCT/CN2023/090787 CN2023090787W WO2023208025A1 WO 2023208025 A1 WO2023208025 A1 WO 2023208025A1 CN 2023090787 W CN2023090787 W CN 2023090787W WO 2023208025 A1 WO2023208025 A1 WO 2023208025A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
signal
frequency
receiving device
modulation
frequency difference
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/090787
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
李强
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202210800943.7A external-priority patent/CN117014266A/en
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023208025A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023208025A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00Modulated-carrier systems
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/26Systems using multi-frequency codes

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technology, and more specifically, to a communication method and a communication device.
  • signals are radiated into space through antennas in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • the sending device Before transmitting a signal, the sending device generally modulates the signal and moves the spectrum of the baseband signal to a higher carrier frequency through upconversion, so that the communication system can work in the assigned channel.
  • the receiving device For the receiving device, the receiving device must downconvert and demodulate the signal sent by the sending device in order to obtain the information transmitted by the sending device.
  • demodulation is the reverse process of modulation. Different modulation methods have different demodulation methods. For example, if the signal modulates the information on the carrier frequency through frequency shift keying (FSK) modulation, then the receiving device needs to obtain the transmitted signal through the frequency of the received signal during the demodulation process. information.
  • FSK frequency shift keying
  • the received signal needs to be down-converted before the receiving device demodulates the received signal.
  • the receiving device can mix the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device and the received signal to complete down-conversion processing of the received signal.
  • the frequency of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving equipment often deviates from the ideal frequency. In this way, the baseband signal obtained after the receiving equipment demodulates the received signal There will be errors, which will seriously affect the demodulation performance of the receiving equipment.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and a communication device.
  • the communication method can start from the transmitting side and avoid affecting the signal demodulation performance on the receiving device side.
  • a communication method includes: using frequency division multiplexing to send a first signal and first data.
  • the first signal is used to assist a receiving device in processing the signal generated by the receiving device.
  • the local oscillator signal performs frequency offset correction;
  • a frequency division multiplexing method is used to send a second signal and second data, and the second signal is used to instruct the receiving device to enter the connected state; wherein, the first part of the first signal
  • the transmission parameter and the second transmission parameter of the second signal are configured separately, the first transmission parameter and the second transmission parameter are of the same type, and the first transmission parameter includes at least one of the following: the first transmission parameter
  • the first frequency guard interval between a signal and the first data, the modulation order of the first signal, the transmission power of the first signal, and the second transmission parameter includes at least one of the following: second letter The second frequency guard interval between the signal and the second data, the modulation order of the second signal, and the transmission power of the second signal.
  • the first signal and the second signal are transmitted according to respectively configured transmission parameters of the first signal and transmission parameters of the second signal. In this way, starting from the transmitting side, the impact on the signal demodulation performance on the receiving device side is avoided.
  • the receiving device first uses the first signal to correct the local oscillator signal generated by it.
  • the frequency offset of the signal is corrected, and then the second signal is demodulated and entered into the connection state.
  • the receiving device can accurately demodulate the second signal. Furthermore, the demodulation performance of the receiving device will not be seriously affected.
  • the first signal adopts a differential frequency modulation modulation method
  • the second signal adopts a differential frequency modulation modulation method
  • the time interval between the two time units before and after is very short, even if there is a residual frequency offset in the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device, the residual frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated in the two time units before and after can be considered to be the same. Therefore, starting from the transmitting end, the first signal or the second signal is modulated by differential FM. In this way, the receiving device subtracts the frequencies of the first signal or the second signal in the two time units before and after (that is, differential FM Modulation method), which can offset the residual frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device, thereby not affecting the demodulation performance of the receiving device.
  • the first frequency guard interval is greater than the second frequency guard interval; and/or the modulation order of the first signal is lower than the first frequency guard interval.
  • the modulation order of the two signals, or the first signal is a single frequency signal, or the modulation order of the first signal is 2; and/or the transmission power of the first signal is higher than the The transmit power of the second signal.
  • the frequency between the first signal and the first data is The guard interval (relative to the frequency guard interval between the second signal and the second data) is set larger to prevent the normally transmitted first data on the adjacent frequency band from entering the receiving device to correct the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal it generates. circuit to avoid affecting the frequency offset correction process of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device.
  • the frequency guard interval between the second signal and the second data (relative to the frequency guard interval between the first signal and the first data) is set smaller, that is, it can This avoids the interference of the second data normally transmitted on the adjacent frequency band to the demodulation of the second signal by the receiving device.
  • the smaller guard interval improves the utilization of system resources and saves the cost of frequency band resources.
  • the modulation order of the first signal (relative to the modulation order of the second signal) is set smaller, so that each symbol (symbol) of the first signal carries less information, and the receiving device changes the frequency
  • the smaller the quantity converted to amplitude In this way, within the same interval, the smaller the number of amplitudes, the greater the distance between amplitudes, and thus the better the demodulation performance of the first signal by the receiving device.
  • the second signal is used to instruct the receiving device to enter the connected state.
  • the receiving device performs frequency offset correction on the local oscillator signal generated by it, the frequency offset of the obtained local oscillator signal is reduced. Therefore, the signal solution of the receiving device is The performance of the modulation will be improved, so that the modulation order of the second signal (relative to the modulation order of the first signal) can be set larger, so that it can transmit more information.
  • the first signal is used to assist the receiving device in correcting the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device, and the existence of the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device will cause the demodulation performance of the first signal to be degraded by the receiving device. Therefore, a higher transmit power (relative to the transmit power of the second signal) can be used to transmit the first signal, so that the receiving device can obtain the first signal with stronger signal strength and receive the signal based on the first signal with stronger signal strength. The modulation information of the first signal is obtained, thereby improving the demodulation performance of the first signal by the receiving device.
  • the second signal is used to instruct the receiving device to enter the connected state. After the receiving device corrects the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by it, the frequency offset of the obtained local oscillator signal is reduced. Therefore, the sending device does not need to use an excessively high transmitter. Power, using lower transmit power (relative to the transmit power of the first signal) to transmit the second signal, the receiving device can obtain higher demodulation performance for the second signal, thereby reducing the power overhead of the transmitting device.
  • a communication method includes: sending a first signal, the first signal being used to assist the receiving device in correcting the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device, and the first signal is used to correct the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device.
  • the first signal adopts the modulation method of differential frequency modulation; the second signal is sent, the second signal is used to instruct the receiving device to enter the connection state, and the second signal adopts the modulation method of differential frequency modulation.
  • the transmitting end uses differential FM modulation to modulate the first signal or the second signal.
  • the receiving device subtracts the frequencies of the first signal or the second signal in the two time units before and after (that is, the differential FM modulation method) , can offset the residual frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device, thereby not affecting the demodulation performance of the receiving device.
  • the frequency difference between the first signals; the frequency of the first signal in the jth time unit f(j) mod[f(j-1)+ ⁇ f 1 (j), B2], the ⁇ f 1 (j) is the second frequency difference between the j-th first signal and the (j-1)-th first signal in the sequence of first signals, and B2 is the preset second Bandwidth value, j is an integer greater than 1.
  • the first frequency difference between the two signals, B1 is the preset first bandwidth value, and i is an integer greater than 1.
  • a communication method includes: using a differential frequency modulation modulation method to modulate a second signal.
  • the second signal is used to assist a receiving device in processing a local oscillator generated by the receiving device.
  • the signal is corrected for frequency offset, and the second signal is also used to instruct the receiving device that the receiving device performs frequency offset correction on the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device and then enters the connected state; and sends the modulated second signal.
  • the communication method includes: using a differential frequency modulation modulation method to modulate a second signal.
  • the second signal is used to assist a receiving device in processing a local oscillator generated by the receiving device.
  • the time interval between the two time units before and after is very short, even if there is a residual frequency offset in the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device, the residual frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated in the two time units before and after can be considered to be the same. Therefore, starting from the transmitting end, the second signal is modulated by differential FM. In this way, the receiving device can subtract the frequencies of the second signal in the two time units before and after (that is, the differential FM modulation method). The residual frequency offset of the generated local oscillator signal is canceled so as not to affect the demodulation performance of the receiving device.
  • the communication method may be executed by the access network device, or may also be executed by a chip or circuit used in the access network device.
  • the communication method may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or circuit used in the terminal device or in the terminal device.
  • the communication method described in any implementable manner of the first to third aspects may be executed by the access network device, or may also be executed by the access network device. Chip or circuit execution in networked equipment.
  • the communication method described in any one of the implementable manners of the first to third aspects can also be executed by a terminal device, or can also be performed by a chip used in the terminal device. or circuit execution.
  • a communication device in a fourth aspect, includes: a transceiver unit configured to send a first signal and first data in a frequency division multiplexing manner.
  • the first signal is used to assist the receiving device in transmitting the received data.
  • the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device performs frequency offset correction;
  • the transceiver unit is also used to send a second signal and second data in a frequency division multiplexing manner, and the second signal is used to instruct the receiving device to enter Connected state; wherein, the first transmission parameter of the first signal and the second transmission parameter of the second signal are configured separately, the first transmission parameter and the second transmission parameter are of the same type, and the
  • the first transmission parameter includes at least one of the following: a first frequency guard interval between the first signal and the first data, a modulation order of the first signal, and a transmission power of the first signal, so
  • the second transmission parameter includes at least one of the following: a second frequency guard interval between the second signal and the second data, a modulation order of the second signal
  • the communication device may be an access network device or an access network device in the access network device. chip or circuit.
  • the communication device may be a terminal device or a chip or circuit in the terminal device.
  • the first signal adopts a differential frequency modulation modulation method
  • the second signal adopts a differential frequency modulation modulation method
  • the first frequency guard interval is greater than the second frequency guard interval; and/or the modulation order of the first signal is lower than the first frequency guard interval.
  • the modulation order of the two signals, or the first signal is a single frequency signal, or the modulation order of the first signal is 2; and/or the transmission power of the first signal is higher than the The transmit power of the second signal.
  • a communication device in a fifth aspect, includes: a transceiver unit configured to send a first signal.
  • the first signal is used to assist a receiving device in performing frequency offset on a local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device. Correction, the first signal adopts differential frequency modulation modulation method;
  • the transceiver unit is also used to send a second signal, the second signal is used to instruct the receiving device to enter the connected state, and the second signal adopts differential frequency modulation. FM modulation method.
  • the communication device may be an access network device or a chip or circuit in the access network device.
  • the communication device may be a terminal device or a chip or circuit in the terminal device.
  • a communication device in a sixth aspect, includes: a transceiver unit configured to modulate a second signal using a differential frequency modulation modulation method.
  • the second signal is used to assist a receiving device in processing the receiving device.
  • the local oscillator signal generated by the device is corrected for frequency offset, and the second signal is also used to instruct the receiving device that the receiving device performs frequency offset correction on the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device and then enters the connected state; the transceiver The unit is also configured to send the modulated second signal.
  • the communication device may be an access network device or a chip or circuit in the access network device.
  • the communication device may be a terminal device or a chip or circuit in the terminal device.
  • the communication device described in any implementable manner of the fourth to sixth aspects may be an access network device or a chip or circuit in the access network device.
  • the communication device described in any implementable manner of the fourth to sixth aspects may be a terminal device or a chip or circuit in the terminal device.
  • a communication device including: one or more processors; a memory; and one or more computer programs. Wherein, one or more computer programs are stored in the memory, and the one or more computer programs include instructions. When the instruction is executed by the communication device, the communication device is caused to execute the communication method in the possible implementation of any one of the above-mentioned first to third aspects.
  • a computer program product containing instructions is provided.
  • the communication device causes the communication device to perform any of the possible implementations of the first to third aspects. communication method.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided, and the storage medium may be non-volatile.
  • the storage medium includes instructions that, when run on the communication device, cause the communication device to perform the communication method in the possible implementation of any one of the above-mentioned first to third aspects.
  • a chip including at least one processor and an interface circuit.
  • the interface circuit is used to provide program instructions or data to the at least one processor.
  • the at least one processor is used to execute the program instructions. , to implement the communication method in the possible implementation of any one of the above first to third aspects.
  • a communication system including a communication device and a receiving device.
  • the communication device is used to perform the communication method in the possible implementation of any one of the above-mentioned first to third aspects.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of an example communication system suitable for embodiments of the present application.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the relationship between the amplitude and time of the FSK signal.
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of another example of the relationship between the amplitude and time of the FSK signal.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic structural diagram of an example of non-coherent FSK receiving equipment.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic structural diagram of an example FM-AM converter.
  • Figures 6 and 7 are schematic diagrams of the frequency-amplitude conversion curve of the FM-AM converter respectively.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic flow chart of an example communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a first signal, a first data, a second signal and a second data sent by a sending device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a frequency-amplitude conversion curve of an FM-AM converter provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic structural diagram of an example device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic structural diagram of another example device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • "instruction” may include direct instruction and indirect instruction, and may also include explicit instruction and implicit instruction.
  • the information indicated by a certain signal (such as the first signal described below) is called information to be indicated.
  • the information to be indicated can be directly indicated.
  • Indication information such as the information to be indicated itself or the index of the information to be indicated, etc.
  • the information to be indicated may also be indirectly indicated by indicating other information, where there is an association relationship between the other information and the information to be indicated. It is also possible to indicate only a part of the information to be indicated, while other parts of the information to be indicated are known or agreed in advance.
  • the indication of specific information can also be achieved by means of a pre-agreed (for example, protocol stipulated) arrangement order of each piece of information, thereby reducing the indication overhead to a certain extent.
  • GSM global system for mobile communications
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • CDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • WiMAX global interoperability for microwave access
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a communication system 100 suitable for the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 100 may include at least one access network device, such as a base station (gNB) and a satellite station in the 5G system as shown in Figure 1; the communication system 100 may also include at least one terminal Equipment, such as user equipment (UE) 1 to UE 9 shown in Figure 1 .
  • Access network equipment and each terminal equipment can communicate through wireless links.
  • the access network device can send configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device can send uplink data to the access network device based on the configuration information; for another example, the access network device can send downlink data to the terminal device.
  • the gNB and UEs 1 to UE6 in Figure 1 can form a communication system; the satellite station and UEs 7 to UE 9 in Figure 1 can also form a communication system.
  • base stations and satellite stations are connected to core network equipment in different ways, and data can be sent to each other between base stations, satellite stations and core network equipment.
  • Each communication device such as a base station, a satellite station or UE 1 to UE 9, may be configured with multiple antennas, which may include at least one transmitting antenna for transmitting signals and at least one receiving antenna for receiving signals.
  • each communication device additionally includes a transmitter chain and a receiver chain.
  • a transmitter chain and a receiver chain may include multiple components related to signal transmission and reception (such as processors, modulators, multiplexers). , demodulator, demultiplexer or antenna, etc.). Therefore, the base station and the UEs 11 to UE 6 can communicate through the multi-antenna technology, and the satellite station and the UEs 7 to UE 9 can communicate through the multi-antenna technology.
  • the terminal devices in the communication system 100 may also constitute a communication system.
  • the links between UE 5 and UE4 and UE6 respectively may be called sidelinks.
  • UE 5 can control UE 4 and UE6 to execute corresponding instructions, which is not limited in this application.
  • Figure 1 is only a simplified schematic diagram for ease of understanding.
  • the communication system 100 may also include other access network equipment or other terminal equipment, which are not shown in Figure 1 .
  • the access network device in the wireless communication system can be any device with wireless transceiver functions.
  • the equipment includes but is not limited to: evolved NodeB (evolved NodeB, eNB or eNodeB), wireless network controller (radio network controller, RNC), Node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (base station controller, BSC) ), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (e.g., home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), base band unit (BBU), wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WIFI) system
  • the access point (AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP) or transmission and reception point (TRP), etc. can also be 5G, such as , NR, a gNB in the system, or a transmission point (TRP or TP), one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) of antenna panels of a base station in a 5G system, or it can also be a network that constitutes
  • gNB may include centralized units (CUs) and DUs.
  • the gNB may also include a radio unit (RU).
  • CU implements some functions of gNB
  • DU implements some functions of gNB.
  • CU implements radio resource control (RRC), packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer functions
  • RLC wireless chain Radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • PHY physical
  • the access network device may be a CU node, a DU node, or a device including a CU node and a DU node.
  • the CU can be divided into access network equipment in the access network (radio access network, RAN), or the CU can be divided into access network equipment in the core network (core network, CN). This application does not do this. limited.
  • the terminal equipment in the wireless communication system may also be called user equipment (UE), Access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communications equipment, user agent or user device.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer (pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, or an augmented reality (AR) terminal.
  • Equipment wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, transportation safety ( Wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc.
  • the embodiments of this application do not limit application scenarios.
  • the terminal device or the access network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • This hardware layer includes hardware such as central processing unit (CPU), memory management unit (MMU) and memory (also called main memory).
  • the operating system can be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, operating system, operating system, operating system, operating system or operating system, etc.
  • This application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be run to provide according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be a terminal device or an access network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or access network device that can call a program and execute the program.
  • various aspects or features of the present application may be implemented as methods, apparatus, or articles of manufacture using standard programming and/or engineering techniques.
  • article of manufacture encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier or medium.
  • computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (e.g., hard disks, floppy disks, tapes, etc.), optical disks (e.g., compact discs (CD), digital versatile discs (DVD)) etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (e.g. erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.).
  • various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • machine-readable medium may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • Modulation technology A technology that controls the changes in the amplitude, phase or frequency of the carrier wave according to the information that needs to be sent, so that the information is transmitted through the carrier wave.
  • FSK modulation technology a modulation technology that modulates information on the carrier frequency.
  • Modulation order used to calculate the number of bits that each symbol (code element) of the code pattern can represent. If the modulation order is M, then the number of bits that each symbol (symbol) can represent is log 2 M, that is, one symbol (symbol) can carry log 2 M bits of information. At this time, FSK with modulation order M can be called M-FSK.
  • the modulation order is 2, one symbol (symbol) can carry 1 bit of information. At this time, it can be considered as a 01-bit sequence of transmitted information, and each symbol can transmit 1 bit.
  • the FSK signal with frequency f 1 can represent the transmission of "0”
  • the FSK signal with frequency f 2 can represent the transmission of "1”.
  • the carrier frequency f c of the FSK signal is the average of f 1 and f 2 value.
  • Figure 2 it is a schematic diagram of the relationship between the amplitude and time of an FSK signal with a modulation order of 2.
  • one symbol can carry 2 bits of information. At this time, it can be considered as a 01-bit sequence of transmitted information, and each symbol can transmit 2 bits.
  • Sending an FSK signal with frequency f 1 can represent What is lost is "00”
  • sending an FSK signal with a frequency of f 2 can represent that the transmission is "01”
  • sending an FSK signal with a frequency of f 3 can represent that the transmission is "10”
  • sending an FSK signal with a frequency of f 4 can represent The one that represents transmission is "11”.
  • the carrier frequency f c of this FSK signal is the average of f 1 , f 2 , f 3 and f 4 .
  • Figure 3 it is a schematic diagram of the relationship between the amplitude and time of an FSK signal with a modulation order of 4.
  • Demodulation technology It is the reverse process of modulation technology. Generally, the receiving device obtains the information sent by the sending device from the modulated signal (the signal modulated by the sending device) through some signal processing means.
  • FSK receiving equipment It can be divided into two basic modes: coherent FSK receiving equipment and non-coherent FSK receiving equipment. Among them, the coherent FSK receiving equipment needs to recover the carrier wave. That is to say, the coherent FSK receiving equipment needs to recover the carrier and use the recovered carrier to demodulate the FSK signal to obtain the demodulated information. Non-coherent FSK receiving equipment does not have such a need. That is to say, non-coherent FSK receiving equipment does not need to recover the carrier. It can directly demodulate based on the received FSK signal and obtain demodulated information.
  • coherent FSK receiving equipment has better demodulation performance, but the corresponding power consumption will be higher.
  • the advantages are simple structure and low power consumption.
  • the requirements for low power consumption are very high, and non-coherent FSK receiving equipment is often selected at this time.
  • the receiving device involved in the embodiment of this application is a non-coherent FSK receiving device.
  • the non-coherent FSK receiving equipment includes: radio frequency band pass filter (RF BPF), radio frequency signal amplifier (radio frequency low noise amplifier, RF LNA), local crystal oscillator (local oscillator (LO) (also called local oscillator), multiplier, intermediate noise amplifying (IF LNA), BPF, frequency modulation (FM) amplitude modulation (AM) converter, low pass Filter (low-pass filter, LPF), envelope or amplitude detection module (envelop detector).
  • RF BPF radio frequency band pass filter
  • RF LNA radio frequency signal amplifier
  • LO local oscillator
  • multiplier intermediate noise amplifying
  • IF LNA BPF
  • FM frequency modulation
  • AM frequency modulation
  • LPF low pass Filter
  • envelope or amplitude detection module envelope detector
  • the process of the non-coherent FSK receiving device receiving the FSK signal (for example, 1GHz) is roughly as follows: after the FSK signal is received by the antenna of the non-coherent FSK receiving device, first, it is filtered by the RF BPF, and the signal is amplified by the RF LNA.
  • the mixed FSK signal is down-converted to an intermediate frequency (for example, 50MHz); then, it is filtered again through the BPF, and the filtered signal is
  • the frequency information is converted into amplitude information through the FM-AM converter, and after the noise is removed by LPF, the envelope or amplitude detection module (envelop detector) can be used to detect the modulation information through the amplitude information.
  • the FM-AM converter can convert signals of different frequencies into signals of different amplitudes.
  • the FM-AM converter includes a phase shift module and a multiplier, where the phase shift module can perform different phase rotations on signals of different frequencies.
  • the signal S(t) input to the FM-AM converter is divided into two channels. One channel directly enters the multiplier, and the other channel first enters the phase shift module. After the signal S(t) passes through the phase shift module, the signal Sp(t) is obtained. The signal Sp( t) then enters the multiplier to mix with the signal S(t) to obtain the mixed signal S(t)Sp(t).
  • phase ⁇ rot (f) rotated by the phase shift module on the signal S(t) satisfies the following formula:
  • f c is the carrier frequency
  • f FSK (t) is the frequency corresponding to the signal S(t).
  • the FM-AM converter Regardless of the content structure of the FM-AM converter, there is a linear operating range in the internal structure of the FM-AM converter. Usually, according to the frequency range of the signal received by the receiving device, it is enough to set the frequency-amplitude conversion curve of the FM-AM converter to have a linear relationship within the frequency range of the intermediate frequency signal.
  • Figures 6 and 7 are respectively schematic diagrams of an example of the frequency-amplitude conversion curve of an FM-AM converter.
  • the frequency-amplitude conversion curve of an FM-AM converter has a linear relationship, as shown by the solid lines in Figures 6 and 7.
  • the frequency-amplitude conversion curve of the FM-AM converter can only have an approximately linear relationship within a certain frequency range, as shown by the dotted lines in Figures 6 and 7.
  • the frequency of the FM-AM converter -The amplitude conversion curve only has an approximately linear relationship within the [f 11 , f 12 ] interval.
  • the frequency range in which the frequency-amplitude conversion curve of the FM-AM converter has an approximately linear relationship within a certain frequency range is called the linear working range of the FM-AM converter.
  • the frequencies of the signals after mixing the local oscillator signal generated by the LO and the received signal are f 1 , f 2 , f 3 , and f 4 , and f 1 , f 2 , f 3 , and f 4 are all in [f 11 ,f 12 ] interval
  • the amplitudes converted by the FM-AM converter are e 1 , e 2 , e 3 , and e 4 respectively.
  • the frequency difference between two adjacent frequencies in f 1 , f 2 , f 3 , and f 4 is the same, then the two adjacent frequencies in e 1 , e 2 , e 3 , and e 4
  • the amplitude difference between the amplitudes is also the same.
  • the frequency of the local oscillator signal generated by the LO is often different from the ideal There will be a deviation in frequency, which will cause the frequency of the signal after mixing the local oscillator signal generated by the LO and the received signal to deviate from the ideal frequency by ⁇ f. If the deviation ⁇ f is large, the mixing frequency of the local oscillator signal generated by the LO and the received signal will exceed the linear working range of the FM-AM converter, which may cause the converted amplitude to no longer have a linear relationship.
  • the frequency of the local oscillator signal generated by the LO and the received signal after mixing are f 1 , f 2 , f 3 , f 4 , however, due to the deviation ⁇ f in the local oscillator signal generated by the LO, the frequency of the local oscillator signal generated by the LO is f
  • the frequencies of the signals after mixing the local oscillator signal and the received signal become f 1 + ⁇ f, f 2 + ⁇ f, f 3 + ⁇ f, f 4 + ⁇ f.
  • f 1 + ⁇ f and f 2 + ⁇ f are within the interval [f 11 , f 12 ], and f 3 + ⁇ f and f 4 + ⁇ f exceed the interval [f 11 , f 12 ]. .
  • f 1 + ⁇ f, f 2 + ⁇ f, f 3 + ⁇ f, and f 4 + ⁇ f are the same, e 1 ', e 2 ', e 3 ', e 4 'The intervals between the two are not the same.
  • the baseband signal obtained after the receiving device demodulates the received signal will have errors, which will seriously affect the demodulation performance of the receiving device.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which can be applied in a communication system between a sending device and a receiving device.
  • the sending device may be the base station or satellite station described in Figure 1
  • the receiving device may be the terminal device described in Figure 1.
  • the sending device may be a terminal device described in FIG. 1
  • the receiving device may be another terminal device described in FIG. 1 .
  • Figure 8 is a schematic flow chart of an example communication method 800 provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication method 800 includes S810 and S820.
  • the S810 and S820 are described in detail below.
  • the sending device uses frequency division multiplexing (FDM) to send the first signal and the first data to the receiving device.
  • FDM frequency division multiplexing
  • the first signal is used to assist the receiving device in correcting the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device. That is to say, after receiving the first signal, the receiving device will perform frequency offset correction on the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device according to the first signal.
  • this application is not limited to the sending device sending the first signal and the first data to the receiving device in a frequency division multiplexing manner. It may also send the first signal and the first data in a time division manner. .
  • the sending device may also only send the first signal to the receiving device. Thereafter, if the sending device has first data to send to the receiving device, the sending device sends the first data to the receiving device. If the sending device does not send the first data to the receiving device, the sending device will not send the first data to the receiving device.
  • the sending device needs to modulate the first signal.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the modulation method of the first signal by the sending device.
  • the transmitting device may frequency shift key modulate the first signal. For example, if the modulation order of the first signal is 2, one symbol can carry 1 bit of information. At this time, it can be considered that the bits of the transmitted information include a sequence of "0" and "1".
  • the first signal transmitted with the frequency f 1 can represent that "0" is transmitted, and the second signal transmitted with the frequency f 2 can represent What represents transmission is "1", and the carrier frequency of the first signal is f c1 .
  • the sending device performs differential frequency modulation modulation on the first signal, that is, the first signal adopts a differential frequency modulation modulation method.
  • the sending device modulates the first signal according to the second frequency difference mapped by each P bits in the sequence of the first signal.
  • P log 2 Q
  • Q is the modulation order of the first signal, that is to say, every P bits in the sequence of the first signal are mapped to a second frequency difference.
  • the second frequency difference is the frequency difference between the first signal in two adjacent time units.
  • the frequency of the first signal in the jth time unit f(j) mod[f(j-1)+ ⁇ f 1 (j), B2], ⁇ f 1 (j) is the jth in the sequence of the first signal
  • the second frequency difference between the first signal and the (j-1)th first signal, B2 is the preset second bandwidth value, and j is an integer greater than 1.
  • time unit described in all embodiments of this application can be understood as the period of one symbol in the bit sequence.
  • the value of the time unit in this application is not limited.
  • the time unit may be a symbol.
  • the sending device Right A signal uses differential FM modulation.
  • the receiving device can offset the residual frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device by subtracting the frequencies of the first signal in the two time units before and after (i.e., differential FM modulation). , thus not affecting the demodulation performance of the receiving device.
  • mapping relationship between the bit sequence of the first signal and/or the mapping relationship between each P bits in the bit sequence of the first signal and the second frequency difference may be configured.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the configuration of the mapping relationship between the bit sequence of the first signal and/or the mapping relationship between each P bits in the bit sequence of the first signal and the second frequency difference.
  • mapping relationship between the bit sequence of the first signal and/or the mapping relationship between each P bits in the bit sequence of the first signal and the second frequency difference may be configured by the base station or the satellite station.
  • the base station or satellite station needs to send the bit sequence of the first signal to the sending device and/or the receiving device, and/or, each P bit sequence of the first signal The mapping relationship between bits and the second frequency difference.
  • the sending device may also map the bit sequence of the first signal and/or the mapping relationship between each P bits in the bit sequence of the first signal and the second frequency difference. sent to the receiving device.
  • mapping relationship between the bit sequence of the first signal and/or the mapping relationship between each P bits in the bit sequence of the first signal and the second frequency difference may be pre-specified or configured by (protocol).
  • each bit of the 0/1 bit sequence of the transmitted first signal can be mapped to a symbol, and each bit includes " There are two possibilities: 0" and "1".
  • the sending device may map each bit in the bit sequence of the first signal to a second frequency difference, and modulate the first signal according to the second frequency difference mapped to each bit in the bit sequence.
  • Table 1 is an example of the mapping relationship between each bit in the bit sequence and the second frequency difference provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Table 1 is only an example, and it should not limit this application.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the value of the second frequency difference mapped to each bit in the bit sequence.
  • the specific process is as follows:
  • bit sequence of the first signal sent by the sending device may be the information bits sent by the sending device to the receiving device, or the bit sequence of the first signal sent by the sending device may be predetermined or configured. This application provides This is not a limitation.
  • the first signal may carry no content.
  • the first signal may also carry content.
  • the first signal may carry the identity of the cell.
  • the cell is the area served by the sending device, and the identity of the cell is used to assist the receiving device in determining whether it is receiving information from the correct sending device.
  • the sending device can be understood as the correct sending device as mentioned above.
  • the sending device can also be understood as the correct sending device as mentioned above.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit whether the first signal carries content. Moreover, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the name of the first signal.
  • the first signal can also be called other signals such as a reference signal. Any signal with the same function as the first signal can be considered as the first signal.
  • the sending device may send the first signal and the first data periodically.
  • the receiving device may periodically receive the first signal and the first data sent by the sending device.
  • the period in which the sending device sends the first signal and the first data may be notified by the sending device to the receiving device, or the period in which the sending device sends the first signal and the first data may be predetermined or configured.
  • This application implements This example does not limit this.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the value of the period for sending the first signal and the first data, and it can be determined according to the actual situation.
  • S820 The sending device uses frequency division multiplexing to send the second signal and the second data to the receiving device.
  • the receiving device receives the second signal and the second data sent by the sending device.
  • the second signal is used to instruct the receiving device to enter the connected state. That is, the second signal is used to indicate receiving The device enters the connected state and receives the data (first data and second data) sent by the sending device.
  • this application is not limited to the sending device sending the second signal and the second data to the receiving device in a frequency division multiplexing manner. It may also send the second signal and the second data in a time division manner. .
  • the sending device may also only send the second signal to the receiving device. Afterwards, if the sending device has second data to send to the receiving device, the sending device sends the second data to the receiving device. If the sending device does not have second data to send to the receiving device, the sending device will not send the second data to the receiving device.
  • the sending device sends corresponding signals and data to the receiving device according to the configured sending parameters of the first signal and the second signal. In this way, starting from the sending device side, the impact on the demodulation performance of the signal sent by the sending device on the receiving device side can be avoided.
  • the first transmission parameter of the first signal in S810 and the second transmission parameter of the second signal in S820 are configured separately, and the first transmission parameter and the second transmission parameter are of the same type.
  • the first transmission parameter includes at least one of the following: a first frequency guard interval between the first signal and the first data, a modulation order of the first signal, and a transmission power of the first signal.
  • the second transmission parameter includes at least one of the following: a second frequency guard interval between the second signal and the second data, a modulation order of the second signal, and a transmission power of the second signal.
  • a frequency protection bandwidth is set between the first signal and the first data, and between the second signal and the second data. Furthermore, when the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device has a frequency offset, the receiving device can be prevented from converting the adjacent band The signal is received to affect the demodulation performance.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the configuration side of the first transmission parameter and the second transmission parameter.
  • the first transmission parameter and the second transmission parameter may be configured by the base station or satellite station.
  • the first transmission parameter and the second transmission parameter may be pre-specified or configured (protocol).
  • the sending device is a base station or a satellite station, and the first sending parameter and the second sending parameter are configured by the base station or the satellite station, the sending device can also send the first sending parameter and the second sending parameter to the receiving device. .
  • the sending device is not a base station or a satellite station, and the first sending parameter and the second sending parameter are configured by the base station or satellite station, the base station or satellite station needs to send the first sending parameter and the second sending parameter to the sending device and/or the receiving device. .
  • This application does not limit how to configure the first sending parameter and the second sending parameter.
  • the first sending parameter and the second sending parameter may be configured by configuring a relationship between the first sending parameter and the second sending parameter.
  • the first sending parameter and the second sending parameter may be configured by configuring a size relationship between the first sending parameter and the second sending parameter.
  • the first frequency guard interval is greater than the second frequency guard interval; and/or the modulation order of the first signal is lower than the modulation order of the second signal; and/or the transmit power of the first signal is high. to the transmit power of the second signal.
  • first sending parameter and the second sending parameter are different (the specific values corresponding to the parameters are different) as an example.
  • first sending parameter and the second sending parameter are different. It can also be the same, and this application does not limit this.
  • the frequency between the first signal and the first data is The guard interval (relative to the frequency guard interval between the second signal and the second data) is set larger to prevent the normally transmitted first data on the adjacent frequency band from entering the receiving device to correct the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal it generates. circuit to avoid affecting the frequency offset correction process of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device.
  • the receiving device uses a first filter to mix the first signal and the first local oscillator signal to obtain a third signal. filtered, then setting the frequency guard interval between the first signal and the first data (relative to the frequency guard interval between the second signal and the second data) larger can ensure normal transmission on the adjacent frequency band.
  • the first data does not enter the passband of the first filter, which has a larger bandwidth (relative to the second filter).
  • the third signal is The frequency guard interval between the second signal and the second data (relative to the frequency guard interval between the first signal and the first data) is set smaller to prevent the normal transmission of the second data on the adjacent frequency band from affecting the receiving device.
  • the interference to demodulation of the second signal is eliminated.
  • the smaller guard interval improves the utilization of system resources and saves the cost of frequency band resources.
  • the receiving device is a fourth signal obtained by mixing the second signal and the second local oscillator signal through the second filter. filtering is performed, and the second local oscillator signal is a signal obtained by frequency offset correction of the first local oscillator signal, then even if there is a residual frequency offset in the fourth signal, the residual frequency offset is small. In this way, the bandwidth of the second filter on the receiving device side (relative to the bandwidth of the first filter) can be used to complete the demodulation process of the fourth signal using a smaller bandwidth.
  • the receiving device uses a second filter with a smaller bandwidth (relative to the bandwidth of the first filter) to complete the demodulation of the second signal, starting from the transmitting end, the second signal and the third signal can also be reduced.
  • the frequency guard interval between the two data improves the utilization of system resources and saves the cost of frequency band resources.
  • the modulation order of the first signal (relative to the modulation order of the second signal) is set smaller, so that each symbol (symbol) of the first signal carries less information, and the receiving device changes the frequency
  • the smaller the quantity converted to amplitude In this way, within the same interval, the smaller the number of amplitudes, the greater the distance between amplitudes, and thus the better the demodulation performance of the first signal by the receiving device.
  • the third signal is The modulation order of the second signal (relative to the modulation order of the first signal) is set larger and does not need to be set too low. In this way, in the same interval, even if the number of bit sequences of the second signal collected by the receiving device is larger More, it will not affect the demodulation performance of the second signal by the receiving device.
  • the first signal is used to assist the receiving device in correcting the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device, and the existence of the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device will cause the demodulation performance of the first signal to be degraded by the receiving device. Therefore, a higher transmit power (relative to the transmit power of the second signal) can be used to transmit the first signal, so that the receiving device can obtain the first signal with stronger signal strength and receive the signal based on the first signal with stronger signal strength. The modulation information of the first signal is obtained, thereby improving the demodulation performance of the first signal by the receiving device.
  • the second signal is used to instruct the receiving device to enter the connected state, and after the receiving device corrects the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by it, the frequency offset of the obtained local oscillator signal is reduced. Therefore, the sending device does not need to use High transmit power, using lower transmit power (relative to the transmit power of the first signal) to transmit the second signal, the receiving device can obtain higher demodulation performance for the second signal, thus reducing the cost of the sending device Power overhead.
  • first sending parameter and the second sending parameter may be configured by configuring whether the first sending parameter and the second sending parameter are the same.
  • the first frequency guard interval and the second frequency guard interval are different; and/or, the modulation order of the first signal and the modulation order of the second signal are different; and/or, the modulation order of the first signal is different.
  • the transmission power is different from the transmission power of the second signal.
  • the first sending parameter and the second sending parameter may be configured by configuring specific values of the first sending parameter and the second sending parameter.
  • the configuration can be: the first frequency guard interval is W1, the second frequency guard interval is W2; and/or the modulation order of the first signal is A1 or the first signal is a single frequency signal, and the second signal The modulation order is A2; and/or, the transmission power of the first signal is P1, and the transmission power of the second signal is P2.
  • the same type of the first sending parameter and the second sending parameter can be understood as: the parameter type included in the first sending parameter and the parameter type included in the second sending parameter are the same. For example, if the first transmission parameter includes a first frequency guard interval between the first signal and the first data, then the second transmission parameter includes a second frequency guard interval between the second signal and the second data. If the first transmission parameter includes the modulation order of the first signal, then the second transmission parameter includes the modulation order of the second signal. If the first transmission parameter includes the transmission power of the first signal, then the second transmission parameter includes the transmission power of the second signal.
  • two links are usually provided in the receiving device.
  • one link is used to receive normal sending and receiving data.
  • the link is activated, the power consumption of the communication device is relatively large; the other link is used when the receiving device is in a non-connected state.
  • the receiving device consumes very little power. That is, in order to reduce the power consumption of the receiving device, the receiving device may receive signals (such as the first signal and the second signal) and data (such as the first data and the second data) through two links respectively.
  • the receiving device when the receiving device is in the non-connected state, the first link of the receiving device is in the working state, and at this time, the second link of the receiving device is in the closed state.
  • the receiving device needs to start the second link first.
  • the receiving device receives a first signal and a second signal through the first link, and the receiving device receives in the second signal a signal indicating receiving data or entering the connected state.
  • the receiving device triggers the receiving device to start the second link, and then after exchanging information with the sending device, the receiving device enters the connected state, and then receives the first data and the second data through the second link.
  • the first link mentioned above can also be called a wake up link (wake up radio, WUR), and the second link can also be called a main link (main radio), which is not limited in this application. .
  • WUR wake up link
  • main radio main link
  • the receiving device can also be provided with only one link, and the receiving device can also receive signals (such as the first signal and the second signal) and data (such as the first data and the second data) respectively through this one link. , this application does not limit this.
  • the receiving device can receive the configuration parameters sent by the sending device through any one of the two links.
  • the configuration parameter may include at least one of the following: a bit sequence of the first signal, a mapping relationship between each P bits in the bit sequence of the first signal and the second frequency difference, a mapping relationship between the first signal and the first data.
  • the sending device needs to modulate the second signal.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the modulation method of the second signal by the sending device.
  • the sending device may perform frequency shift keying modulation on the second signal.
  • the second The modulation order of the signal is 2, so one symbol can carry 1 bit of information.
  • the bits of the transmitted information include a sequence of "0" and "1".
  • the second signal transmitted with the frequency f 3 can represent that "0" is transmitted, and the second signal transmitted with the frequency f 4 can represent It means "1" is transmitted, and the carrier frequency of the second signal is f c2 .
  • the sending device performs differential FM modulation on the second signal, that is, the second signal adopts a differential FM modulation method.
  • the sending device modulates the second signal according to the first frequency difference mapped by every N bits in the sequence of the second signal.
  • N log 2 M
  • M is the modulation order of the second signal. That is to say, every N bits in the sequence of the second signal are mapped to a first frequency difference.
  • the first frequency difference is the frequency difference between the second signal in two adjacent time units.
  • the frequency f(i) of the second signal in the i-th time unit mod[f(i-1)+ ⁇ f(i),B1], where ⁇ f(i) is the i-th second signal in the sequence of the second signal
  • B1 is the preset first bandwidth value
  • i is an integer greater than 1.
  • the sending device Using a differential FM modulation method for the second signal, the receiving device can subtract the frequencies of the second signal in the two time units before and after (i.e., the differential FM modulation method), and the residual frequency of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device can be partial cancellation, thus not affecting the demodulation performance of the receiving device.
  • mapping relationship between the bit sequence of the second signal and/or the mapping relationship between every N bits in the bit sequence of the second signal and the first frequency difference may be configured.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the configuration of the mapping relationship between the bit sequence of the second signal and/or the mapping relationship between every N bits in the bit sequence of the second signal and the first frequency difference.
  • mapping relationship between the bit sequence of the second signal and/or the mapping relationship between every N bits in the bit sequence of the second signal and the first frequency difference may be configured by the base station or the satellite station.
  • the base station or satellite station needs to send the bit sequence of the second signal to the sending device and/or the receiving device, and/or, every N bit sequence of the second signal The mapping relationship between bits and the first frequency difference.
  • the sending device may also map the bit sequence of the second signal and/or the mapping relationship between each P bits in the bit sequence of the second signal and the second frequency difference. sent to the receiving device.
  • bit sequence of the second signal, and/or the mapping relationship between every N bits in the bit sequence of the second signal and the first frequency difference may be pre-specified or configured (protocol).
  • the sending device uses modulation order 4 to perform differential FM modulation on the second signal, then the 0/1 bit sequence of the transmitted second signal can be mapped to a symbol (symbol) every two bits, and every two bits Including four possibilities: "00", "01", "10” and "11".
  • the sending device may map every two bits in the bit sequence of the second signal to a first frequency difference, and modulate the second signal according to the first frequency difference mapped to every two bits in the bit sequence.
  • Table 3 is an example of the mapping relationship between each two bits in the bit sequence and the first frequency difference provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Table 3 is only an example, and it should not limit this application.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the value of the first frequency difference mapped to every two bits in the bit sequence.
  • the specific process is as follows:
  • the frequency after the transmitting device modulates the bit sequence of the transmitted second signal is as shown in Table 4.
  • bit sequence for sending the second signal by the sending device may be the information bits sent by the sending device to the receiving device, or the bit sequence for sending the second signal by the sending device may be predetermined or configured, and this application does not make any reference to this. limited.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the sending method of the second signal and the second data.
  • the sending device may periodically send the second signal and the second data.
  • the receiving device may periodically receive the second signal and the second data sent by the sending device.
  • the period in which the sending device sends the second signal and the second data may be notified by the sending device to the receiving device, or the period in which the sending device sends the second signal and the second data may be predetermined or configured.
  • This application implements This example does not limit this.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the value of the period for sending the second signal and the second data, and it can be determined according to the actual situation.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of an example of a sending device sending a first signal, first data, a second signal and a second data according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the sending device can send the first signal first and then the second signal.
  • the frequency guard interval between the first signal and the first data is ⁇ f 1
  • the frequency guard interval between the second signal and the second data is ⁇ f 2
  • ⁇ f 1 > ⁇ f 2 is a frequency guard interval between the second signal and the second data.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the time interval between S810 and S820.
  • the sending device sends the second signal immediately after sending the first signal and the first data. This should not limit the present application.
  • the sending device may send the second signal after sending the first signal; or the sending device may stop for a period of time after sending the first signal and then send the second signal.
  • the receiving device may further process the first signal and the second signal.
  • the receiving device includes a first branch and a second branch, the first branch includes a first frequency amplitude converter, the second branch includes a second frequency amplitude converter, and the second frequency amplitude converter
  • the linear working range corresponding to the converter is smaller than the linear working range corresponding to the first frequency amplitude converter.
  • the FM can be used -
  • the slope of the frequency-amplitude conversion curve of the phase shift module of the AM converter is used to set the linear working interval corresponding to the first frequency-amplitude converter and the linear working interval corresponding to the second frequency-amplitude converter.
  • the ideal conversion curve 1 is the ideal conversion curve corresponding to the first frequency phase curve
  • the actual conversion curve 1 is the actual conversion curve corresponding to the first frequency phase curve
  • the ideal conversion curve 2 is the second frequency phase curve
  • the corresponding ideal conversion curve, actual conversion curve 2 is the actual conversion curve corresponding to the second frequency phase curve. It can be seen that the slope of the actual conversion curve 2 is greater than the actual conversion curve 1, but the linear working interval corresponding to the actual conversion curve 2 is smaller than the actual conversion curve 1. Therefore, the corresponding linear working range of the frequency-amplitude converter can be set according to the slope of the frequency-amplitude conversion curve.
  • the first frequency-amplitude converter includes a first phase moving unit, which moves signals of different frequencies into different phases based on the first frequency phase curve;
  • the second frequency-amplitude converter includes a second phase The moving unit, the second phase moving unit moves signals of different frequencies into different phases based on the second frequency phase curve, The slope of the second frequency phase curve is greater than the slope of the first frequency phase curve.
  • the frequencies of the signals after mixing the first local oscillator signal and the first signal are f 1 , f 2 , f 3 , and f 4 .
  • the first local oscillator signal has frequencies offset and the frequency offset is ⁇ f, then the frequency of the signal after mixing the first local oscillator signal and the first signal becomes f 1 + ⁇ f, f 2 + ⁇ f, f 3 + ⁇ f, f 4 + ⁇ f .
  • f 1 + ⁇ f, f 2 + ⁇ f, f 3 + ⁇ f, f 4 + ⁇ f are all within the linear interval [f 21 , f 22 ] of the actual conversion curve 1.
  • the Euclidean distance between the amplitudes converted based on the actual conversion curve 2 is greater than the Euclidean distance between the amplitudes converted based on the actual conversion curve 1 .
  • the communication method 800 also includes S830-A and S840-A.
  • the following introduces S830-A and S840-A in detail.
  • the receiving device obtains the first amplitude information of the third signal through the first frequency amplitude converter.
  • the third signal is a signal obtained by mixing the first signal and the first local oscillator signal.
  • the receiving device can also demodulate the third signal through the first branch. Specifically, obtain the third signal through the first amplitude information of the third signal. Modulation information of three signals.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit how to obtain the modulation information of the third signal based on the first amplitude information.
  • the sending device performs frequency shift keying modulation on the first signal, that is, the first signal adopts a frequency modulation modulation method, then based on the first amplitude information of the third signal, the third signal can be obtained. carried modulation information.
  • the sending device performs differential FM modulation on the first signal, that is, the first signal adopts the differential FM modulation method
  • the first branch first obtains based on the first amplitude information of the third signal.
  • the residual frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated in the two time units before and after can be considered to be the same.
  • the receiving equipment By subtracting the frequencies of the third signal in the two time units before and after (that is, the differential FM modulation method), the residual frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device can be offset, thereby not affecting the demodulation performance of the receiving device.
  • the first branch further includes an envelope or amplitude detection module, and the modulation information of the third signal can be obtained by inputting the first amplitude information into the envelope or amplitude detection module.
  • the sending device performs differential FM modulation on the bit sequence of the first signal according to Table 1, the frequency of each bit in the bit sequence of the first signal shown in Table 2 is obtained. Then, the receiving device responds to the third signal (the second signal and The process of demodulating the mixed signal of the second local oscillator signal) includes:
  • the frequencies corresponding to the four symbols of the third signal are: 50kHz, 150kHz, 70kHz, and 70kHz.
  • the four symbols include: the symbol corresponding to the first bit ("0"), the symbol corresponding to the second bit ("1"), the symbol corresponding to the third bit ("1") and the fourth bit ("0") corresponding symbol.
  • bit sequence of the third signal obtained by the receiving device is: "0", “1”, “1”, “0”, thereby completing the demodulation of the third signal.
  • the receiving device demodulates the fourth signal through the second branch.
  • the fourth signal is the signal obtained by mixing the second signal and the second local oscillator signal.
  • the second local oscillator signal is based on the first amplitude The signal obtained by correcting the frequency offset of the first local oscillator signal.
  • the process for the receiving device to obtain the second local oscillator signal may include: the receiving device first obtains the first frequency offset value based on the first amplitude information and the first ideal amplitude information. Then, the receiving device performs frequency offset correction on the first local oscillator signal according to the first frequency offset value to obtain the second local oscillator signal.
  • the receiving device may also include a frequency offset estimation module and a local crystal oscillator.
  • the process of the receiving device obtaining the second local oscillator signal may specifically include: the first frequency amplitude converter sends the first amplitude information to the frequency offset estimation module, and the frequency offset estimation module determines the first amplitude information based on the first amplitude information and the first ideal amplitude information.
  • the first frequency offset value is obtained and sent to the local crystal oscillator; the local crystal oscillator performs frequency offset correction on the first local oscillator signal according to the first frequency offset value to obtain the second local oscillator signal.
  • the first ideal amplitude information can be understood as the amplitude information corresponding to the third signal after mixing the first signal and the first local oscillator signal when there is no frequency offset in the first local oscillator signal.
  • the first ideal amplitude information can be sent by the transmitting device to the receiving device, or the first ideal amplitude information can also be the conversion curve of the receiving device according to the sending frequency and the first frequency amplitude of the first signal. the slope rate calculated.
  • the receiving device demodulating the fourth signal through the second branch includes: the receiving device obtains the third amplitude information of the fourth signal through the second frequency amplitude converter of the second branch, and obtains the third amplitude information of the fourth signal according to the third The amplitude information obtains the modulation information of the fourth signal.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit how to obtain the modulation information of the fourth signal based on the third amplitude information.
  • the sending device performs frequency shift keying modulation on the second signal, that is, the second signal adopts frequency modulation modulation method
  • the second branch can obtain based on the third amplitude information of the fourth signal. Modulation information carried by the fourth signal.
  • the second branch first obtains the phase information based on the third amplitude information of the fourth signal.
  • the first bandwidth value, i is an integer greater than 1; then the modulation information carried by the fourth signal is obtained according to the frequency difference of the fourth signal.
  • the sending device performs differential FM modulation on the bit sequence of the second signal according to Table 3, the frequency of each two bits in the bit sequence of the second signal shown in Table 4 is obtained. Then, the process of demodulating the fourth signal (the signal after mixing the second signal and the second local oscillator signal) by the receiving device includes:
  • the frequencies corresponding to the four symbols of the fourth signal are: 70kHz, 170kHz, 170kHz, and 120kHz.
  • the four symbols include: the symbol corresponding to the first bit ("0") and the second bit ("1"), the symbol corresponding to the third bit ("1") and the fourth bit ("0") The symbol of , the symbol corresponding to the fifth bit ("0") and the sixth bit (“0"), and the symbol corresponding to the seventh bit ("1") and the eighth bit (“1").
  • S2' obtain the frequency difference of the fourth signal transmitted in adjacent time units, that is, obtain the frequency difference of the second signal transmitted by two adjacent symbols in the bit sequence of the fourth signal, and obtain the frequency difference according to the bit sequence of the second signal.
  • the modulation information is obtained from the mapping relationship between each two bits and the first frequency difference. Since the sending device modulates the second signal according to Table 1, the mapping relationship between each two bits in the bit sequence of the second signal and the first frequency difference is found according to Table 1.
  • bit sequence of the fourth signal obtained by the communication device 800 is: "01”, “10”, “00”, and "11", thereby completing the demodulation of the fourth signal.
  • the receiving device first passes through the first frequency amplitude converter of the first branch to obtain the third signal after mixing the first signal and the first local oscillator signal.
  • the first amplitude information Then, the receiving device demodulates the second local oscillator signal and the fourth signal after mixing the second signal through the second branch, where the second local oscillator signal is based on the first amplitude information.
  • the first local oscillator signal has a frequency offset
  • setting the linear working range corresponding to the first frequency amplitude converter of the first branch to be larger than the linear working range corresponding to the second frequency amplitude converter can make the third
  • the frequency of the third signal after mixing the first signal and the first local oscillator signal will not exceed the linear working range corresponding to the first frequency amplitude converter, so that the first frequency amplitude converter can accurately obtain the third signal of the third signal.
  • One amplitude information is used to accurately correct the frequency offset of the first local oscillator signal based on the first amplitude information.
  • the receiving device demodulates the second local oscillator signal and the fourth signal after mixing the second signal through the second branch. Since the second local oscillator signal is a signal obtained by correcting the frequency offset of the first local oscillator signal, the frequency offset value of the fourth signal is smaller than the frequency offset of the signal after mixing the first local oscillator signal and the second signal. value, in this way, by setting the linear working interval corresponding to the second frequency amplitude converter of the second branch to be smaller than the linear working interval corresponding to the first frequency amplitude converter, the fourth signal can still be accurately demodulated. Furthermore, the demodulation performance of the receiving device will not be seriously affected.
  • the receiving device includes a first branch and a second branch, the first branch includes a first filter, the second branch includes a second filter, and the passband bandwidth of the second filter is smaller than the first filter. The passband bandwidth of the filter.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the types of the first filter and/or the second filter.
  • the first filter and/or the second filter may be a band pass filter or a low pass filter.
  • the communication method 800 also includes S830-B and S840-B.
  • the following introduces S830-B and S840-B in detail.
  • the receiving device filters the third signal through the first filter.
  • the third signal is a signal obtained by mixing the first signal and the first local oscillator signal.
  • the receiving device filters the fourth signal through the second filter.
  • the fourth signal is the signal obtained by mixing the second signal and the second local oscillator signal.
  • the second local oscillator signal is a signal obtained by performing frequency offset correction on the first local oscillator signal based on the first amplitude information of the third signal.
  • the receiving device first passes through the first filter of the first branch to filter the third signal obtained by mixing the first signal and the first local oscillator signal. . Then, the receiving device passes the second filter of the second branch to filter the fourth signal obtained by mixing the second signal and the second local oscillator signal.
  • the second local oscillator signal is a signal obtained by performing frequency offset correction on the first local oscillator signal based on the first amplitude information of the third signal.
  • the passband bandwidth of the first filter of the first branch is set to be larger than the passband bandwidth of the second filter, so that even if the first local oscillator signal has a frequency offset In this case, the first filter still does not filter out the third signal, and then the frequency offset correction of the first local oscillator signal can be performed based on the third signal.
  • the receiving device filters the fourth signal obtained by mixing the second signal and the second local oscillator signal through the second filter of the second branch. Since the second local oscillator signal is a signal obtained by correcting the frequency offset of the first local oscillator signal, the frequency offset value of the fourth signal is smaller than the frequency offset of the signal obtained by mixing the first local oscillator signal and the second signal. offset value, in this way, the passband bandwidth corresponding to the second filter of the second branch (relative to the passband bandwidth of the first filter) is set to Set to a smaller bandwidth to ensure that the second filter will not filter out the fourth signal under the residual frequency offset. At the same time, because the second filter has a narrow passband, it can filter out-of-band noise and reduce the quality of the receiving equipment. noise level, thereby improving the demodulation performance of the fourth signal by the receiving device.
  • the first branch of the receiving device further includes a first frequency amplitude converter.
  • the communication method 800 also includes S830-A.
  • S830-A For instructions on S830-A, refer to the relevant instructions above and will not be repeated here.
  • the third signal described in S830-A is the third signal obtained after filtering the third signal by the first filter.
  • the internal structure of the first frequency-to-amplitude converter is the same as the internal structure of the first frequency-to-amplitude converter described above.
  • the relevant description of the first frequency amplitude converter will not be described again here.
  • the second branch of the receiving device further includes a second frequency amplitude converter, and the linear working interval corresponding to the second frequency amplitude converter is smaller than the linear working interval corresponding to the first frequency amplitude converter. working area.
  • the communication method 800 also includes S840-A. For instructions on S840-A, refer to the relevant instructions above and will not be repeated here.
  • the fourth signal described in S840-A is the fourth signal obtained after filtering the fourth signal by the second filter.
  • the internal structure of the second frequency-to-amplitude converter is the same as the internal structure of the second frequency-to-amplitude converter described above.
  • the relevant description of the second frequency amplitude converter will not be described again here.
  • the linear working interval corresponding to the first frequency amplitude converter and the technical effect brought about by setting the linear working interval corresponding to the second frequency amplitude converter to be smaller than the linear working interval corresponding to the first frequency amplitude converter can be Refer to the above reasons for setting the linear working interval corresponding to the second frequency amplitude converter to be smaller than the linear working interval corresponding to the first frequency amplitude converter, and how to set the linear working interval corresponding to the second frequency amplitude converter.
  • the receiving device may also perform at least one of the following steps: (1) processing the received first signal and/or the second signal Perform filtering (such as radio frequency bandpass filtering); (2) Filter the amplitude information obtained by the first frequency amplitude converter and/or the second frequency amplitude converter (such as low-pass filtering); (3) Filter amplify the subsequent first signal and/or second signal (such as radio frequency signal amplification); (4) amplify the third signal and/or fourth signal (such as intermediate frequency signal amplification).
  • filtering such as radio frequency bandpass filtering
  • Filter the amplitude information obtained by the first frequency amplitude converter and/or the second frequency amplitude converter such as low-pass filtering
  • Filter amplify the subsequent first signal and/or second signal such as radio frequency signal amplification
  • (4) amplify the third signal and/or fourth signal such as intermediate frequency signal amplification.
  • the sending device first instructs the receiving device to perform frequency offset correction on the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device by sending a first signal. Then, the sending device instructs the receiving device to enter the connection state by sending a second signal, that is, instructs the receiving device to receive the data sent by the sending device. That is to say, the sending device needs to send two signals (the first signal and the second signal) to the receiving device, so that the receiving device can perform frequency offset correction and correction of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device based on the two received signals.
  • the received signal is demodulated in order to access the connected state.
  • the sending device it is also possible to send only one signal (the second signal), and the signal adopts the differential frequency modulation modulation method.
  • the receiving device can perform frequency offset correction on the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device based on the received signal.
  • the signal is demodulated in order to access the connected state.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic flow chart of an example communication method 900 provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication method 900 includes S910 and S920.
  • the S910 and S920 are described in detail below.
  • S910 The sending device modulates the second signal using a differential frequency modulation modulation method.
  • the second signal is used to instruct the receiving device to enter the connection state with the access device.
  • the sending device uses frequency division multiplexing to send the modulated second signal and data to the receiving device.
  • the receiving device receives the modulated second signal and data.
  • this application is not limited to the sending device sending the second signal and data to the receiving device in a frequency division multiplexing manner. It may also send the second signal and data in a time division manner.
  • the sending device may also only send the modulated second signal to the receiving device. After that, if the sending device has data to send to the receiving device, the sending device then sends data to the receiving device. If the sending device has no data to send to the receiving device, the sending device will not send data to the receiving device.
  • the sending device may also only send the modulated second signal to the receiving device.
  • the sending device only needs to send a signal (the second signal) to the receiving device, and the access device can demodulate the signal and then enter the connected state. In this way, the signaling overhead of the sending device can be reduced.
  • the time interval between the two time units before and after is very short, even if there is a residual frequency offset in the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device, the residual frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated in the two time units before and after can be considered to be the same.
  • the sending device adopts a differential FM modulation method for the second signal, and the receiving device can subtract the frequencies of the second signal in the two time units before and after (i.e., the differential FM modulation method), so that the residual of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device can be The frequency offset is offset, thereby not affecting the demodulation performance of the receiving device.
  • the receiving device may further process the second signal.
  • the receiving device includes a first branch and a second branch, the first branch includes a first frequency amplitude converter, the second branch includes a second frequency amplitude converter, and the second frequency amplitude converter
  • the linear working range corresponding to the converter is smaller than the linear working range corresponding to the first frequency amplitude converter.
  • the internal structure of the first frequency-to-amplitude converter is the same as the internal structure of the first frequency-to-amplitude converter described above.
  • the communication method 900 also includes S930-A and S940-A.
  • the following introduces S930-A and S940-A in detail.
  • the receiving device obtains the second amplitude information of the fifth signal through the first frequency amplitude converter.
  • the fifth signal is a signal obtained by mixing the second signal and the first local oscillator signal.
  • the receiving device demodulates the sixth signal through the second branch.
  • the sixth signal is the signal obtained by mixing the second signal and the second local oscillator signal.
  • the second local oscillator signal is based on the second amplitude.
  • the receiving device includes a first branch and a second branch, the first branch includes a first filter, the second branch includes a second filter, and the passband bandwidth of the second filter is smaller than the first filter. The passband bandwidth of the filter.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the types of the first filter and/or the second filter.
  • the first filter and/or the second filter may be a band pass filter or a low pass filter.
  • the communication method 900 also includes S930-B and S940-B.
  • the following introduces S930-B and S940-B in detail.
  • the receiving device filters the fifth signal through the first filter.
  • the fifth signal is a signal obtained by mixing the second signal and the first local oscillator signal.
  • the receiving device filters the sixth signal through the second filter.
  • the sixth signal is the signal obtained by mixing the second signal and the second local oscillator signal.
  • the second local oscillator signal is a signal obtained by performing frequency offset correction on the first local oscillator signal based on the second amplitude information of the fifth signal.
  • the second branch of the receiving device further includes a second frequency amplitude converter, and the linear working interval corresponding to the second frequency amplitude converter is smaller than the linear working interval corresponding to the first frequency amplitude converter. working area.
  • the communication method 900 also includes S940-A. For instructions on S940-A, refer to the relevant instructions above and will not be repeated here.
  • the sixth signal described in S940-A is the sixth signal obtained by filtering the fourth signal by the second filter.
  • the internal structure of the second frequency-to-amplitude converter is the same as the internal structure of the second frequency-to-amplitude converter described above.
  • the relevant description of the second frequency amplitude converter will not be described again here.
  • the receiving device may also perform at least one of the following steps: (1) filtering the received second signal (such as radio frequency bandpass filtering); (2) ) Filter the amplitude information obtained by the first frequency amplitude converter and/or the second frequency amplitude converter (such as low-pass filtering); (3) Amplify the filtered second signal (such as radio frequency signal amplification) ); (4) Amplify the fifth signal and/or the sixth signal (such as intermediate frequency signal amplification).
  • filtering the received second signal such as radio frequency bandpass filtering
  • Filter the amplitude information obtained by the first frequency amplitude converter and/or the second frequency amplitude converter such as low-pass filtering
  • Amplify the filtered second signal such as radio frequency signal amplification
  • the sixth signal such as intermediate frequency signal amplification
  • the receiving device in order to reduce the complexity and cost of the system of the receiving device, only one line is set in the receiving device, and a linear working interval is set on one line that can be adjusted with the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the communication device.
  • Frequency to amplitude converter In this way, the communication device only needs to pass through one path and one frequency amplitude converter, which can not only correct the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the communication device, but also accurately demodulate the signal received by the communication device.
  • the communication method 900 also includes S930-C and S940-C.
  • the following introduces S930-C and S940-C in detail.
  • the frequency-amplitude converter of the receiving device uses the first linear working interval to obtain the second amplitude information of the fifth signal.
  • the fifth signal is a signal obtained by mixing the second signal and the first local oscillator signal.
  • the frequency-to-amplitude converter of the receiving device uses the second linear operating interval to demodulate the sixth signal.
  • the sixth signal is a signal obtained by mixing the second signal and the second local oscillator signal
  • the second local oscillator signal is a signal obtained by frequency offset correction of the first local oscillator signal based on the second amplitude information.
  • the second linear working interval is smaller than the first linear working interval.
  • the frequency-to-amplitude converter 1410 of the receiving device adopts the first linear working interval by default.
  • the receiving device first obtains the second amplitude information of the fifth signal after mixing the second signal and the first local oscillator signal through the frequency-amplitude converter using the first linear working range. Then, the receiving device demodulates the second local oscillator signal and the sixth signal after mixing the second signal through the frequency-amplitude converter using the second linear working interval, wherein the second local oscillator signal is based on the second signal.
  • the frequency of the fifth signal will not exceed the second linear working range corresponding to the frequency-amplitude converter, so that the frequency-amplitude converter can accurately obtain the second amplitude information of the fifth signal, so that subsequent steps can be based on the second amplitude information. Accurately correct the frequency offset of the first local oscillator signal.
  • the receiving device demodulates the second local oscillator signal and the sixth signal after mixing the second signal by using a frequency-amplitude converter in a second linear working interval. Since the second local oscillator signal is a signal obtained by correcting the frequency offset of the first local oscillator signal, the frequency offset value of the sixth signal is smaller than the frequency offset of the signal after mixing the first local oscillator signal and the second signal. value, in this way, even if the second linear working interval (relative to the first linear working interval) corresponding to the frequency-amplitude converter is set smaller, the sixth signal can still be accurately demodulated. Furthermore, the demodulation performance of the receiving device will not be seriously affected.
  • the communication method 900 also includes: S950-C, The receiving device adjusts the linear working interval corresponding to the frequency amplitude converter from the first linear working interval to the second linear working interval.
  • the receiving device also includes a frequency offset estimation module.
  • S950-C specifically includes: the frequency amplitude converter sends the second amplitude information to the frequency offset estimation module; the frequency offset estimation module obtains the second frequency offset value based on the second amplitude information, And when the second frequency offset value is less than the preset frequency offset value, a control signal is sent to the frequency offset estimation module.
  • the control signal is used to instruct the frequency amplitude converter to reduce its corresponding linear working interval; the frequency amplitude The converter adjusts the linear working interval corresponding to the frequency-amplitude converter from the first linear working interval to the second linear working interval.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific value of the preset frequency offset value, which can be determined according to the actual situation.
  • the frequency-to-amplitude converter includes a first capacitor, an RLC resonator and a multiplier.
  • the signal S(t) input to the frequency-amplitude converter is divided into two channels. One channel directly enters the multiplier, and the other channel enters the first capacitor, and is combined with the signal generated by the RLC resonator to form the signal Sp(t).
  • the signal Sp( t) then enters the multiplier to mix with the signal S(t) to obtain the mixed signal S(t)Sp(t).
  • the other end of the RLC resonator is grounded.
  • the RLC resonator includes a second capacitor, an inductor, and a variable resistor respectively connected in parallel.
  • the frequency f c of the resonant signal generated by the RLC resonator satisfies:
  • L is the inductance value of the inductor
  • C is the capacitance value of the second capacitor
  • f c is also the frequency of signal S(t).
  • the signal Sp(t) After the signal S(t) passes through the phase shift module, the signal Sp(t) is obtained. The signal Sp(t) then enters the multiplier and is mixed with the signal S(t) to obtain the mixed signal S(t)Sp(t). .
  • phase ⁇ rot (f) rotated by the frequency-amplitude converter on the signal S(t) satisfies the following formula:
  • R is the resistance value of the variable resistor
  • -2 ⁇ f c RC is the slope of the frequency amplitude transfer curve corresponding to the frequency amplitude converter. It can be seen that the slope of the frequency-amplitude conversion curve is negatively linearly related to the resistance value R of the variable resistor. Then, the frequency-amplitude conversion curve can be adjusted by adjusting the resistance value R of the variable resistor. Slope adjustment.
  • the linear working range corresponding to the frequency-amplitude converter is related to the slope of the frequency-amplitude conversion curve.
  • the greater the slope of the frequency-amplitude conversion curve the smaller the linear working range corresponding to the frequency-amplitude converter. . Therefore, if you want to adjust the first linear operating interval to a smaller second linear operating interval, you can increase the slope of the frequency-amplitude conversion curve of the frequency-to-amplitude converter.
  • the slope of the frequency-amplitude conversion curve is negatively linearly related to the resistance value R of the variable resistor, then the resistance value of the resistor R in the frequency-amplitude converter can be increased to achieve the frequency-amplitude conversion.
  • the purpose of increasing the slope of the frequency-amplitude conversion curve of the converter is to achieve the purpose of reducing the linear working range corresponding to the frequency-amplitude converter.
  • the receiving device in order to reduce the complexity and cost of the system of the receiving device, only one line is set in the receiving device, and a filter whose bandwidth can be adjusted according to the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device is set on one line. device.
  • the receiving device only needs to pass through one path and one filter, which can not only filter the mixed local oscillator signal before correction and the received signal, but also filter the local oscillator signal after correction and the received signal.
  • the mixed signal is filtered.
  • the communication method 900 also includes S930-D and S940-D.
  • the following introduces S930-D and S940-D in detail.
  • the filter of the receiving device uses the first bandwidth to filter the fifth signal.
  • the fifth signal is the signal obtained by mixing the second signal and the first local oscillator signal.
  • the communication method 900 further includes S930-C described above.
  • the fifth signal described in S930-C is the fifth signal obtained by filtering the fifth signal using the first bandwidth by the filter described in S930-D.
  • the receiving device's filter uses the second bandwidth to filter the sixth signal.
  • the sixth signal is a signal obtained by mixing the second signal and the second local oscillator signal
  • the second local oscillator signal is obtained by performing frequency offset correction on the first local oscillator signal based on the second amplitude information of the fifth signal. signal
  • the second bandwidth is smaller than the first bandwidth.
  • the communication method 900 further includes S940-C described above.
  • the sixth signal described in S940-C is the sixth signal obtained by filtering the sixth signal using the second bandwidth by the filter described in S940-D.
  • the above-mentioned optional solutions relying on S930-C and/or S940-C are also applicable to This example will not be repeated here.
  • the first branch and the second branch work in time-sharing.
  • the first branch and the second branch work simultaneously.
  • time-sharing operation of two branches can be achieved through switches.
  • each branch is provided with at least one switch.
  • the switch in the branch can be closed so that the branch can be connected to other modules of the communication device.
  • the switch in the branch can be opened and the switch in the other branch can be closed so that the branch is connected to the communication device.
  • the other modules are disconnected, and the other branch is connected to other modules of the communication device.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic structural diagram of an example device 1000 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 1000 may be provided in the sending device or receiving device described in the above embodiments.
  • the device 1000 includes a transceiver unit 1010, and the transceiver unit 1010 can communicate with the outside.
  • the transceiver unit 1010 may also be called a communication interface or a communication unit.
  • the device 1000 may also include a processing unit 1020 for data processing.
  • the device 1000 may further include a storage unit, which may be used to store instructions and/or data, and the processing unit 1020 may read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit.
  • a storage unit which may be used to store instructions and/or data
  • the processing unit 1020 may read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit.
  • the device 1000 can be used to perform the actions performed by the sending device in the above method embodiment.
  • the device 1000 can be a sending device or a component that can be configured in the sending device, a transceiver unit.
  • the processing unit 1010 is used to perform transceiver-related operations on the sending device side in the above method embodiment
  • the processing unit 1020 is used to perform processing-related operations on the sending device side in the above method embodiment.
  • the device 1000 can be used to perform the actions performed by the receiving device in the above method embodiment.
  • the device 1000 can be a receiving device or a component that can be configured in the receiving device.
  • the unit 1010 is used to perform transceiver-related operations on the receiving device side in the above method embodiment
  • the processing unit 1020 is used to perform processing-related operations on the receiving device side in the above method embodiment.
  • Figure 13 shows a schematic structural diagram of the device 1100 provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 1100 may be provided in the sending device or receiving device described in the above embodiment.
  • the device 1100 includes: one or more processors 1110, one or more memories 1120, the one or more memories 1120 store one or more computer programs, the one or more computer programs Includes instructions.
  • the instruction is executed by the one or more processors 1110, the device 1100 is caused to perform the technical solution performed by the sending device in the above embodiment or the device 1100 is caused to perform the technology performed by the receiving device in the above embodiment. plan.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a communication system, including a sending device and a receiving device, and the system is used to implement the technical solutions in the above embodiments.
  • the implementation principles and technical effects are similar to the above-mentioned method-related embodiments, and will not be described again here.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product.
  • the computer program product When the computer program product is run on a device, it causes the device to execute the technical solutions in the above embodiments.
  • the implementation principles and technical effects are similar to the above-mentioned method-related embodiments, and will not be described again here.
  • the device may include the sending device or receiving device described in the above embodiment.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a readable storage medium.
  • the readable storage medium contains instructions. When the instructions are run on a device, they cause the device to execute the technical solutions of the above embodiments. The implementation principles and technical effects are similar and will not be described again here.
  • the device may include the sending device or receiving device described in the above embodiment.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a chip.
  • the chip is used to execute instructions.
  • the technical solutions in the above embodiments are executed.
  • the implementation principles and technical effects are similar and will not be described again here.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the embodiments of the present application is essentially or contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium and includes a number of instructions to cause a computer device (which can be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code. .

Abstract

Provided in the embodiments of the present application are a communication method and a communication apparatus. The communication method comprises: sending a first signal and first data in a frequency division multiplexing manner, wherein the first signal is used for assisting a receiving device in performing frequency offset correction on a local oscillation signal which is generated by the receiving device; and sending a second signal and second data in the frequency division multiplexing manner, wherein the second signal is used for instructing the receiving device to enter a connected state; a first sending parameter of the first signal and a second sending parameter of the second signal are respectively configured; the type of the first sending parameter is the same as that of the second sending parameter, and the first sending parameter comprises: a first frequency protection interval between the first signal and the first data, a modulation order of the first signal, and/or a transmission power of the first signal; and the second sending parameter comprises: a second frequency protection interval between the second signal and the second data, a modulation order of the second signal, and/or a transmission power of the second signal. In this way, starting from a sending end, the signal demodulation performance of a receiving end is prevented from being affected.

Description

通信方法及通信装置Communication method and communication device
本申请要求于2022年4月29日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210474065.4、申请名称为“一种接收机”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the China Patent Office on April 29, 2022, with application number 202210474065.4 and the application title "A Receiver", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference.
本申请要求于2022年7月8日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210800943.7、申请名称为“通信方法及通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the China Patent Office on July 8, 2022, with application number 202210800943.7 and the application name "Communication Method and Communication Device", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请实施例涉及通信技术领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种通信方法及通信装置。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technology, and more specifically, to a communication method and a communication device.
背景技术Background technique
在无线通信系统中,信号是以电磁波的形式通过天线辐射到空间的。发送设备在信号发射之前,一般会对信号进行调制处理,并通过上变频将基带信号的频谱搬至较高的载波频率上,使得通信系统可以在分配的信道中工作。对于接收设备而言,接收设备必须对发送设备发送的信号进行下变频和解调处理,才能获取发送设备传输的信息。其中,解调是调制的逆过程,调制方式不同,解调方式也不同。例如,若信号是通过频移键控(frequency shift keying,FSK)的调制方式将信息调制在载波频率上,那么,接收设备在解调的过程中,需要通过接收的信号的频率来获取发送的信息。In wireless communication systems, signals are radiated into space through antennas in the form of electromagnetic waves. Before transmitting a signal, the sending device generally modulates the signal and moves the spectrum of the baseband signal to a higher carrier frequency through upconversion, so that the communication system can work in the assigned channel. For the receiving device, the receiving device must downconvert and demodulate the signal sent by the sending device in order to obtain the information transmitted by the sending device. Among them, demodulation is the reverse process of modulation. Different modulation methods have different demodulation methods. For example, if the signal modulates the information on the carrier frequency through frequency shift keying (FSK) modulation, then the receiving device needs to obtain the transmitted signal through the frequency of the received signal during the demodulation process. information.
由于发送设备侧发送的基带信号在经过上变频之后,使用射频频率,因此,在接收设备对接收的信号进行解调之前,需要先对接收的信号进行降频处理。通常,接收设备可以将接收设备产生的本振信号与接收的信号进行混频,完成对接收的信号的下变频处理。但是,受接收设备晶振的稳定性和周围环境等因素的影响,该接收设备产生的本振信号的频率和理想的频率往往存在偏差,这样接收设备对接收的信号进行解调后得到的基带信号会存在误差,进而对接收设备的解调性能造成严重影响。Since the baseband signal sent by the transmitting device uses radio frequency after up-conversion, the received signal needs to be down-converted before the receiving device demodulates the received signal. Generally, the receiving device can mix the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device and the received signal to complete down-conversion processing of the received signal. However, affected by factors such as the stability of the crystal oscillator of the receiving equipment and the surrounding environment, the frequency of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving equipment often deviates from the ideal frequency. In this way, the baseband signal obtained after the receiving equipment demodulates the received signal There will be errors, which will seriously affect the demodulation performance of the receiving equipment.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及通信装置,该通信方法能够从发送侧出发,避免对接收设备侧的信号解调性能造成影响。Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and a communication device. The communication method can start from the transmitting side and avoid affecting the signal demodulation performance on the receiving device side.
第一方面,提供了一种通信方法,所述通信方法包括:采用频分复用方式,发送第一信号和第一数据,所述第一信号用于辅助接收设备对所述接收设备产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正;采用频分复用方式,发送第二信号和第二数据,所述第二信号用于指示所述接收设备进入连接态;其中,所述第一信号的第一发送参数和所述第二信号的第二发送参数是分别配置的,所述第一发送参数和所述第二发送参数的类型相同,所述第一发送参数包括以下至少一项:所述第一信号与所述第一数据之间的第一频率保护间隔、所述第一信号的调制阶数、所述第一信号的发射功率,所述第二发送参数包括以下至少一项:所述第二信 号与所述第二数据之间的第二频率保护间隔、所述第二信号的调制阶数、所述第二信号的发射功率。In a first aspect, a communication method is provided. The communication method includes: using frequency division multiplexing to send a first signal and first data. The first signal is used to assist a receiving device in processing the signal generated by the receiving device. The local oscillator signal performs frequency offset correction; a frequency division multiplexing method is used to send a second signal and second data, and the second signal is used to instruct the receiving device to enter the connected state; wherein, the first part of the first signal The transmission parameter and the second transmission parameter of the second signal are configured separately, the first transmission parameter and the second transmission parameter are of the same type, and the first transmission parameter includes at least one of the following: the first transmission parameter The first frequency guard interval between a signal and the first data, the modulation order of the first signal, the transmission power of the first signal, and the second transmission parameter includes at least one of the following: second letter The second frequency guard interval between the signal and the second data, the modulation order of the second signal, and the transmission power of the second signal.
在该技术方案中,根据分别配置的第一信号的发送参数和第二信号的发送参数,发送第一信号和第二信号。这样,从发送侧出发,避免对接收设备侧的信号解调性能造成影响。In this technical solution, the first signal and the second signal are transmitted according to respectively configured transmission parameters of the first signal and transmission parameters of the second signal. In this way, starting from the transmitting side, the impact on the signal demodulation performance on the receiving device side is avoided.
此外,因为第一信号是用于接收设备对其产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正,第二信号用于指示接收设备进入连接态,故接收设备是先采用第一信号对其产生的本振信号的频偏进行纠正,然后才对第二信号进行解调,并进入连接态。这样,接收设备对第二信号进行解调的过程中,由于接收设备已对其产生的本振信号进行了频偏纠正,故接收设备便可以准确地对第二信号进行解调。进而,不会对该接收设备的解调性能造成严重影响。In addition, because the first signal is used by the receiving device to correct the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by it, and the second signal is used to instruct the receiving device to enter the connected state, the receiving device first uses the first signal to correct the local oscillator signal generated by it. The frequency offset of the signal is corrected, and then the second signal is demodulated and entered into the connection state. In this way, when the receiving device demodulates the second signal, since the receiving device has corrected the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal it generates, the receiving device can accurately demodulate the second signal. Furthermore, the demodulation performance of the receiving device will not be seriously affected.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一信号采用差分调频的调制方式,和/或,所述第二信号采用差分调频的调制方式。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first signal adopts a differential frequency modulation modulation method, and/or the second signal adopts a differential frequency modulation modulation method.
因为前后两个时间单元的时间间隔很短,即使接收设备产生的本振信号存在残余频偏,前后两个时间单元内产生的本振信号的残余频偏可以认为是相同的。因此,从发送端出发,将第一信号或第二信号采用差分调频调制的方式,这样,接收设备通过对前后两个时间单元内的第一信号或第二信号的频率相减(即差分调频调制方式),可以把接收设备产生的本振信号的残余的频偏抵消,从而不影响接收设备的解调性能。Because the time interval between the two time units before and after is very short, even if there is a residual frequency offset in the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device, the residual frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated in the two time units before and after can be considered to be the same. Therefore, starting from the transmitting end, the first signal or the second signal is modulated by differential FM. In this way, the receiving device subtracts the frequencies of the first signal or the second signal in the two time units before and after (that is, differential FM Modulation method), which can offset the residual frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device, thereby not affecting the demodulation performance of the receiving device.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,在所述采用频分复用方式,发送第二信号和第二数据之前,所述通信方法还包括:根据所述第二信号的序列中的每N个比特所映射的第一频差,对所述第二信号进行调制;其中,N=log2M,所述M为所述第二信号的调制阶数;所述第一频差为相邻两个时间单元内所述第二信号之间的频率差;第i个时间单元的所述第二信号的频率f(i)=mod[f(i-1)+△f(i),B1],△f(i)为所述第二信号的序列中第i个所述第二信号与第(i-1)个所述第二信号的第一频差,所述B1为预设的第一带宽值,i为大于1的整数。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, before transmitting the second signal and the second data using frequency division multiplexing, the communication method further includes: The first frequency difference mapped by every N bits in the sequence modulates the second signal; where, N=log 2 M, where M is the modulation order of the second signal; the first The frequency difference is the frequency difference between the second signals in two adjacent time units; the frequency of the second signal in the i-th time unit is f(i)=mod[f(i-1)+Δf (i), B1], △f(i) is the first frequency difference between the i-th second signal and the (i-1)-th second signal in the sequence of second signals, B1 is the preset first bandwidth value, and i is an integer greater than 1.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,在所述采用频分复用方式,发送第一信号和第一数据之前,所述通信方法还包括:根据所述第一信号的序列中的每P个比特所映射的第二频差,对所述第一信号进行调制;其中,P=log2Q,所述Q为所述第一信号的调制阶数;所述第二频差为相邻两个时间单元内所述第一信号之间的频率差;第j个时间单元的所述第一信号的频率f(j)=mod[f(j-1)+△f1(j),B2],所述△f1(j)为所述第一信号的序列中第j个所述第一信号与第(j-1)个所述第一信号的第二频差,所述B2为预设的第二带宽值,所述j为大于1的整数。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, before transmitting the first signal and the first data using frequency division multiplexing, the communication method further includes: The second frequency difference mapped by every P bits in the sequence modulates the first signal; where, P=log 2 Q, and the Q is the modulation order of the first signal; the second The frequency difference is the frequency difference between the first signals in two adjacent time units; the frequency of the first signal in the jth time unit is f(j)=mod[f(j-1)+Δf 1 (j), B2], the △f 1 (j) is the second frequency of the j-th first signal and the (j-1)-th first signal in the sequence of the first signals. Difference, the B2 is the preset second bandwidth value, and the j is an integer greater than 1.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一频率保护间隔大于所述第二频率保护间隔;和/或,所述第一信号的调制阶数低于所述第二信号的调制阶数,或,所述第一信号为一个单频率信号,或,所述第一信号的调制阶数为2;和/或,所述第一信号的发射功率高于所述第二信号的发射功率。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first frequency guard interval is greater than the second frequency guard interval; and/or the modulation order of the first signal is lower than the first frequency guard interval. The modulation order of the two signals, or the first signal is a single frequency signal, or the modulation order of the first signal is 2; and/or the transmission power of the first signal is higher than the The transmit power of the second signal.
由于第一信号是用于辅助接收设备对接收设备产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正,且接收设备产生的本振信号频偏的存在,因此,将第一信号和第一数据之间的频率保护间隔(相对于第二信号和第二数据之间的频率保护间隔)设置的更大,可以避免相邻频带上正常传输的第一数据进入接收设备对其产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正的电路中,进而以免对接收设备对其产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正的过程造成影响。进一步地,由于第二信号用于指示接收设备进入连接态,并且,在接收设备对其产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正后,得到的 本振信号的频偏减小了,因此,将第二信号和第二数据之间的频率保护间隔(相对于第一信号和第一数据之间的频率保护间隔)设置的更小,即可以避免相邻频带上正常传输的第二数据对于接收设备侧对第二信号进行解调的干扰,同时,更小的保护间隔提高了系统资源的利用率、节省频带资源的开销。Since the first signal is used to assist the receiving device in correcting the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device, and the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device has a frequency offset, the frequency between the first signal and the first data is The guard interval (relative to the frequency guard interval between the second signal and the second data) is set larger to prevent the normally transmitted first data on the adjacent frequency band from entering the receiving device to correct the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal it generates. circuit to avoid affecting the frequency offset correction process of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device. Further, since the second signal is used to instruct the receiving device to enter the connected state, and after the receiving device performs frequency offset correction on the local oscillator signal generated by it, the obtained The frequency offset of the local oscillator signal is reduced. Therefore, the frequency guard interval between the second signal and the second data (relative to the frequency guard interval between the first signal and the first data) is set smaller, that is, it can This avoids the interference of the second data normally transmitted on the adjacent frequency band to the demodulation of the second signal by the receiving device. At the same time, the smaller guard interval improves the utilization of system resources and saves the cost of frequency band resources.
由于第一信号是用于辅助接收设备对接收设备产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正,且接收设备产生的本振信号频偏的存在,会造成接收设备对第一信号的解调性能下降,因此,将第一信号的调制阶数(相对于第二信号的调制阶数)设置的更小,这样,该第一信号的每个符号(码元)携带的信息越少,接收设备将频率转换为幅值的数量就越少。这样,在相同的区间内,幅值的数量越少,幅值之间的距离就越大,进而该接收设备对第一信号的解调性能就越好。Since the first signal is used to assist the receiving device in correcting the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device, and the existence of the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device will cause the demodulation performance of the first signal to be degraded by the receiving device. Therefore, the modulation order of the first signal (relative to the modulation order of the second signal) is set smaller, so that each symbol (symbol) of the first signal carries less information, and the receiving device changes the frequency The smaller the quantity converted to amplitude. In this way, within the same interval, the smaller the number of amplitudes, the greater the distance between amplitudes, and thus the better the demodulation performance of the first signal by the receiving device.
进一步地,第二信号用于指示接收设备进入连接态,在接收设备对其产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正后,得到的本振信号的频偏减小了,因此,接收设备的信号解调的性能会得到提高,这样可以将第二信号的调制阶数(相对于第一信号的调制阶数)设置的更大,使其能够传输更多的信息。Further, the second signal is used to instruct the receiving device to enter the connected state. After the receiving device performs frequency offset correction on the local oscillator signal generated by it, the frequency offset of the obtained local oscillator signal is reduced. Therefore, the signal solution of the receiving device is The performance of the modulation will be improved, so that the modulation order of the second signal (relative to the modulation order of the first signal) can be set larger, so that it can transmit more information.
由于第一信号是用于辅助接收设备对接收设备产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正,且接收设备产生的本振信号频偏的存在,会造成接收设备对第一信号的解调性能下降,因此,可以采用更高的发射功率(相对于第二信号的发射功率)来发送第一信号,以便该接收设备可以获取信号强度较强的第一信号,并基于信号强度较强的第一信号获取第一信号的调制信息,进而提高接收设备对第一信号的解调性能。Since the first signal is used to assist the receiving device in correcting the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device, and the existence of the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device will cause the demodulation performance of the first signal to be degraded by the receiving device. Therefore, a higher transmit power (relative to the transmit power of the second signal) can be used to transmit the first signal, so that the receiving device can obtain the first signal with stronger signal strength and receive the signal based on the first signal with stronger signal strength. The modulation information of the first signal is obtained, thereby improving the demodulation performance of the first signal by the receiving device.
第二信号用于指示接收设备进入连接态,在接收设备对其产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正后,得到的本振信号的频偏减小了,因此,发送设备无需采用过高的发射功率,采用更低的发射功率(相对于第一信号的发射功率)来发送第二信号,接收设备便可以对第二信号获取到较高的解调性能,从而降低了发送设备的功率开销。The second signal is used to instruct the receiving device to enter the connected state. After the receiving device corrects the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by it, the frequency offset of the obtained local oscillator signal is reduced. Therefore, the sending device does not need to use an excessively high transmitter. Power, using lower transmit power (relative to the transmit power of the first signal) to transmit the second signal, the receiving device can obtain higher demodulation performance for the second signal, thereby reducing the power overhead of the transmitting device.
第二方面,提供了一种通信方法,所述通信方法包括:发送第一信号,所述第一信号用于辅助接收设备对所述接收设备产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正,所述第一信号采用差分调频的调制方式;发送第二信号,所述第二信号用于指示所述接收设备进入连接态,所述第二信号采用差分调频的调制方式。In a second aspect, a communication method is provided. The communication method includes: sending a first signal, the first signal being used to assist the receiving device in correcting the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device, and the first signal is used to correct the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device. The first signal adopts the modulation method of differential frequency modulation; the second signal is sent, the second signal is used to instruct the receiving device to enter the connection state, and the second signal adopts the modulation method of differential frequency modulation.
因为前后两个时间单元的时间间隔很短,即使接收设备产生的本振信号存在残余频偏,前后两个时间单元内产生的本振信号的残余频偏可以认为是相同的。因此,发送端将第一信号或第二信号采用差分调频调制的方式,这样,接收设备通过对前后两个时间单元内的第一信号或第二信号的频率相减(即差分调频调制方式),可以把接收设备产生的本振信号的残余的频偏抵消,从而不影响接收设备的解调性能。Because the time interval between the two time units before and after is very short, even if there is a residual frequency offset in the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device, the residual frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated in the two time units before and after can be considered to be the same. Therefore, the transmitting end uses differential FM modulation to modulate the first signal or the second signal. In this way, the receiving device subtracts the frequencies of the first signal or the second signal in the two time units before and after (that is, the differential FM modulation method) , can offset the residual frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device, thereby not affecting the demodulation performance of the receiving device.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,在所述发送第一信号之前,所述通信方法还包括:根据所述第一信号的序列中的每P个比特所映射的第二频差,对所述第一信号进行调制;其中,P=log2Q,所述Q为所述第一信号的调制阶数;所述第二频差为相邻两个时间单元内所述第一信号之间的频率差;第j个时间单元的所述第一信号的频率f(j)=mod[f(j-1)+△f1(j),B2],所述△f1(j)为所述第一信号的序列中第j个所述第一信号与第(j-1)个所述第一信号的第二频差,所述B2为预设的第二带宽值,所述j为大于1的整数。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, before the sending the first signal, the communication method further includes: according to the first P bits mapped in the sequence of the first signal. Two frequency differences are used to modulate the first signal; where, P = log 2 Q, and the Q is the modulation order of the first signal; the second frequency difference is the frequency difference between two adjacent time units. The frequency difference between the first signals; the frequency of the first signal in the jth time unit f(j)=mod[f(j-1)+Δf 1 (j), B2], the Δ f 1 (j) is the second frequency difference between the j-th first signal and the (j-1)-th first signal in the sequence of first signals, and B2 is the preset second Bandwidth value, j is an integer greater than 1.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,在所述发送第二信号之前,所述通信 方法还包括:根据所述第二信号的序列中的每N个比特所映射的第一频差,对所述第二信号进行调制;其中,N=log2M,所述M为所述第二信号的调制阶数;所述第一频差为相邻两个时间单元内所述第二信号之间的频率差;i个时间单元的所述第二信号的频率f(i)=mod[f(i-1)+△f(i),B1],△f(i)为所述第二信号的序列中第i个所述第二信号与第(i-1)个所述第二信号的第一频差,所述B1为预设的第一带宽值,i为大于1的整数。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, before sending the second signal, the communication The method further includes: modulating the second signal according to the first frequency difference mapped by every N bits in the sequence of the second signal; wherein, N=log 2 M, and the M is the first frequency difference. The modulation order of the two signals; the first frequency difference is the frequency difference between the second signals in two adjacent time units; the frequency of the second signal of i time units f(i)=mod [f(i-1)+Δf(i),B1], Δf(i) is the i-th second signal and the (i-1)-th second signal in the sequence of the second signal The first frequency difference between the two signals, B1 is the preset first bandwidth value, and i is an integer greater than 1.
第三方面,提供了一种通信方法,所述通信方法包括:采用差分调频的调制方式,对第二信号进行调制,所述第二信号用于辅助接收设备对所述接收设备产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正,所述第二信号还用于指示所述接收设备所述接收设备对所述接收设备产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正后进入连接态;发送调制后的所述第二信号。In a third aspect, a communication method is provided. The communication method includes: using a differential frequency modulation modulation method to modulate a second signal. The second signal is used to assist a receiving device in processing a local oscillator generated by the receiving device. The signal is corrected for frequency offset, and the second signal is also used to instruct the receiving device that the receiving device performs frequency offset correction on the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device and then enters the connected state; and sends the modulated second signal. Signal.
因为前后两个时间单元的时间间隔很短,即使接收设备产生的本振信号存在残余频偏,前后两个时间单元内产生的本振信号的残余频偏可以认为是相同的。因此,从发送端出发,将第二信号采用差分调频调制的方式,这样,接收设备通过对前后两个时间单元内的第二信号的频率相减(即差分调频调制方式),可以把接收设备产生的本振信号的残余的频偏抵消,从而不影响接收设备的解调性能。Because the time interval between the two time units before and after is very short, even if there is a residual frequency offset in the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device, the residual frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated in the two time units before and after can be considered to be the same. Therefore, starting from the transmitting end, the second signal is modulated by differential FM. In this way, the receiving device can subtract the frequencies of the second signal in the two time units before and after (that is, the differential FM modulation method). The residual frequency offset of the generated local oscillator signal is canceled so as not to affect the demodulation performance of the receiving device.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述采用差分调频的调制方式,对第二信号进行调制,包括:根据所述第二信号的序列中的每N个比特所映射的第一频差,对所述第二信号进行调制;其中,N=log2M,所述M为所述第二信号的调制阶数;所述第一频差为相邻两个时间单元内所述第二信号之间的频率差;第i个时间单元的所述第二信号的频率f(i)=mod[f(i-1)+△f(i),B1],△f(i)为所述第二信号的序列中第i个所述第二信号与第(i-1)个所述第二信号的第一频差,所述B1为预设的第一带宽值,i为大于1的整数。Combined with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the modulation method using differential frequency modulation to modulate the second signal includes: mapping each N bits in the sequence of the second signal The first frequency difference is used to modulate the second signal; where, N=log 2 M, the M is the modulation order of the second signal; the first frequency difference is two adjacent time units The frequency difference between the second signals within (i) is the first frequency difference between the i-th second signal and the (i-1)-th second signal in the sequence of second signals, and B1 is the preset first bandwidth value , i is an integer greater than 1.
示例性地,在一种可实现的方式中,该通信方法可以由接入网设备执行,或者,也可以由用于接入网设备中的芯片或电路执行。在另一种可实现的方式中,该通信方法可以由终端设备执行,或者,也可以由用于终端设备或终端设备中的芯片或电路执行。For example, in an implementable manner, the communication method may be executed by the access network device, or may also be executed by a chip or circuit used in the access network device. In another implementable manner, the communication method may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or circuit used in the terminal device or in the terminal device.
第三方面中任一项可能的实现方式的技术效果可以参考相应第二方面的实现方式的技术效果,这里不再赘述。The technical effects of any possible implementation method in the third aspect can be referred to the technical effects of the corresponding implementation method in the second aspect, and will not be described again here.
示例性地,在一种可实现的方式中,第一方面至第三方面中的任一项可实现方式中所述的通信方法可以由接入网设备执行,或者,也可以由用于接入网设备中的芯片或电路执行。在另一种可实现的方式中,第一方面至第三方面中的任一项可实现方式中所述的通信方法也可以由终端设备执行,或者,也可以由用于终端设备中的芯片或电路执行。Exemplarily, in an implementable manner, the communication method described in any implementable manner of the first to third aspects may be executed by the access network device, or may also be executed by the access network device. Chip or circuit execution in networked equipment. In another implementable manner, the communication method described in any one of the implementable manners of the first to third aspects can also be executed by a terminal device, or can also be performed by a chip used in the terminal device. or circuit execution.
第四方面,提供了一种通信装置,所述通信装置包括:收发单元,用于采用频分复用方式,发送第一信号和第一数据,所述第一信号用于辅助接收设备对所述接收设备产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正;所述收发单元,还用于采用频分复用方式,发送第二信号和第二数据,所述第二信号用于指示所述接收设备进入连接态;其中,所述第一信号的第一发送参数和所述第二信号的第二发送参数是分别配置的,所述第一发送参数和所述第二发送参数的类型相同,所述第一发送参数包括以下至少一项:所述第一信号与所述第一数据之间的第一频率保护间隔、所述第一信号的调制阶数、所述第一信号的发射功率,所述第二发送参数包括以下至少一项:所述第二信号与所述第二数据之间的第二频率保护间隔、所述第二信号的调制阶数、所述第二信号的发射功率。In a fourth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes: a transceiver unit configured to send a first signal and first data in a frequency division multiplexing manner. The first signal is used to assist the receiving device in transmitting the received data. The local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device performs frequency offset correction; the transceiver unit is also used to send a second signal and second data in a frequency division multiplexing manner, and the second signal is used to instruct the receiving device to enter Connected state; wherein, the first transmission parameter of the first signal and the second transmission parameter of the second signal are configured separately, the first transmission parameter and the second transmission parameter are of the same type, and the The first transmission parameter includes at least one of the following: a first frequency guard interval between the first signal and the first data, a modulation order of the first signal, and a transmission power of the first signal, so The second transmission parameter includes at least one of the following: a second frequency guard interval between the second signal and the second data, a modulation order of the second signal, and a transmission power of the second signal.
示例性地,在一种可实现的方式中,该通信装置可以为接入网设备或接入网设备中的 芯片或电路。在另一种可实现的方式中,该通信装置可以为终端设备或终端设备中的芯片或电路。Exemplarily, in an implementable manner, the communication device may be an access network device or an access network device in the access network device. chip or circuit. In another implementable manner, the communication device may be a terminal device or a chip or circuit in the terminal device.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一信号采用差分调频的调制方式,和/或,所述第二信号采用差分调频的调制方式。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first signal adopts a differential frequency modulation modulation method, and/or the second signal adopts a differential frequency modulation modulation method.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述通信装置还包括:处理单元,用于根据所述第二信号的序列中的每N个比特所映射的第一频差,对所述第二信号进行调制;其中,N=log2M,所述M为所述第二信号的调制阶数;所述第一频差为相邻两个时间单元内所述第二信号之间的频率差;第i个时间单元的所述第二信号的频率f(i)=mod[f(i-1)+△f(i),B1],△f(i)为所述第二信号的序列中第i个所述第二信号与第(i-1)个所述第二信号的第一频差,所述B1为预设的第一带宽值,i为大于1的整数。In conjunction with the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the communication device further includes: a processing unit configured to map the first frequency difference according to every N bits in the sequence of the second signal, Modulate the second signal; where, N=log 2 M, where M is the modulation order of the second signal; the first frequency difference is the second signal in two adjacent time units The frequency difference between the The first frequency difference between the i-th second signal and the (i-1)-th second signal in the sequence of second signals, where B1 is a preset first bandwidth value, and i is greater than 1 integer.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述通信装置还包括:处理单元,用于根据所述第一信号的序列中的每P个比特所映射的第二频差,对所述第一信号进行调制;其中,P=log2Q,所述Q为所述第一信号的调制阶数;所述第二频差为相邻两个时间单元内所述第一信号之间的频率差;第j个时间单元的所述第一信号的频率f(j)=mod[f(j-1)+△f1(j),B2],所述△f1(j)为所述第一信号的序列中第j个所述第一信号与第(j-1)个所述第一信号的第二频差,所述B2为预设的第二带宽值,所述j为大于1的整数。In conjunction with the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the communication device further includes: a processing unit configured to map a second frequency difference according to each P bits in the sequence of the first signal, Modulate the first signal; where, P = log 2 Q, the Q is the modulation order of the first signal; the second frequency difference is the first signal in two adjacent time units The frequency difference between them; the frequency f(j) of the first signal in the jth time unit=mod[f(j-1)+Δf 1 (j), B2], the Δf 1 (j ) is the second frequency difference between the j-th first signal and the (j-1)-th first signal in the sequence of first signals, and B2 is the preset second bandwidth value, so Said j is an integer greater than 1.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一频率保护间隔大于所述第二频率保护间隔;和/或,所述第一信号的调制阶数低于所述第二信号的调制阶数,或,所述第一信号为一个单频率信号,或,所述第一信号的调制阶数为2;和/或,所述第一信号的发射功率高于所述第二信号的发射功率。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first frequency guard interval is greater than the second frequency guard interval; and/or the modulation order of the first signal is lower than the first frequency guard interval. The modulation order of the two signals, or the first signal is a single frequency signal, or the modulation order of the first signal is 2; and/or the transmission power of the first signal is higher than the The transmit power of the second signal.
第四方面中任一项可能的实现方式的技术效果可以参考相应第四方面的实现方式的技术效果,这里不再赘述。The technical effects of any possible implementation method in the fourth aspect can be referred to the technical effects of the corresponding implementation methods in the fourth aspect, and will not be described again here.
第五方面,提供了一种通信装置,所述通信装置包括:收发单元,用于发送第一信号,所述第一信号用于辅助接收设备对所述接收设备产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正,所述第一信号采用差分调频的调制方式;所述收发单元,还用于发送第二信号,所述第二信号用于指示所述接收设备进入连接态,所述第二信号采用差分调频的调制方式。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes: a transceiver unit configured to send a first signal. The first signal is used to assist a receiving device in performing frequency offset on a local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device. Correction, the first signal adopts differential frequency modulation modulation method; the transceiver unit is also used to send a second signal, the second signal is used to instruct the receiving device to enter the connected state, and the second signal adopts differential frequency modulation. FM modulation method.
示例性地,在一种可实现的方式中,该通信装置可以为接入网设备或接入网设备中的芯片或电路。在另一种可实现的方式中,该通信装置可以为终端设备或终端设备中的芯片或电路。For example, in an implementable manner, the communication device may be an access network device or a chip or circuit in the access network device. In another implementable manner, the communication device may be a terminal device or a chip or circuit in the terminal device.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述通信装置还包括:处理单元,用于根据所述第一信号的序列中的每P个比特所映射的第二频差,对所述第一信号进行调制;其中,P=log2Q,所述Q为所述第一信号的调制阶数;所述第二频差为相邻两个时间单元内所述第一信号之间的频率差;第j个时间单元的所述第一信号的频率f(j)=mod[f(j-1)+△f1(j),B2],所述△f1(j)为所述第一信号的序列中第j个所述第一信号与第(j-1)个所述第一信号的第二频差,所述B2为预设的第二带宽值,所述j为大于1的整数。In conjunction with the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the communication device further includes: a processing unit configured to map a second frequency difference according to each P bits in the sequence of the first signal, Modulate the first signal; where, P = log 2 Q, the Q is the modulation order of the first signal; the second frequency difference is the first signal in two adjacent time units The frequency difference between them; the frequency f(j) of the first signal in the jth time unit=mod[f(j-1)+Δf 1 (j), B2], the Δf 1 (j ) is the second frequency difference between the j-th first signal and the (j-1)-th first signal in the sequence of first signals, and B2 is the preset second bandwidth value, so Said j is an integer greater than 1.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述通信装置还包括:处理单元,用于根据所述第二信号的序列中的每N个比特所映射的第一频差,对所述第二信号进行调制;其中,N=log2M,所述M为所述第二信号的调制阶数;所述第一频差为相邻两个时间单元内所述第二信号之间的频率差;第i个时间单元的所述第二信号的频率f(i)=mod[f(i-1)+△f(i),B1],△f(i)为所述第二信号的序列中第i个所述第二信号与第(i-1) 个所述第二信号的第一频差,所述B1为预设的第一带宽值,i为大于1的整数。In conjunction with the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the communication device further includes: a processing unit configured to map the first frequency difference according to every N bits in the sequence of the second signal, Modulate the second signal; where, N=log 2 M, where M is the modulation order of the second signal; the first frequency difference is the second signal in two adjacent time units The frequency difference between the The i-th second signal in the sequence of second signals is the same as the (i-1)-th a first frequency difference of the second signal, the B1 is a preset first bandwidth value, and i is an integer greater than 1.
第五方面中任一项可能的实现方式的技术效果可以参考相应第五方面的实现方式的技术效果,这里不再赘述。The technical effects of any possible implementation method in the fifth aspect can be referred to the technical effects of the corresponding implementation methods in the fifth aspect, and will not be described again here.
第六方面,提供了一种通信装置,所述通信装置包括:收发单元,用于采用差分调频的调制方式,对第二信号进行调制,所述第二信号用于辅助接收设备对所述接收设备产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正,所述第二信号还用于指示所述接收设备所述接收设备对所述接收设备产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正后进入连接态;所述收发单元,还用于发送调制后的所述第二信号。In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes: a transceiver unit configured to modulate a second signal using a differential frequency modulation modulation method. The second signal is used to assist a receiving device in processing the receiving device. The local oscillator signal generated by the device is corrected for frequency offset, and the second signal is also used to instruct the receiving device that the receiving device performs frequency offset correction on the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device and then enters the connected state; the transceiver The unit is also configured to send the modulated second signal.
示例性地,在一种可实现的方式中,该通信装置可以为接入网设备或接入网设备中的芯片或电路。在另一种可实现的方式中,该通信装置可以为终端设备或终端设备中的芯片或电路。For example, in an implementable manner, the communication device may be an access network device or a chip or circuit in the access network device. In another implementable manner, the communication device may be a terminal device or a chip or circuit in the terminal device.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述通信装置还包括:处理单元,用于根据所述第二信号的序列中的每N个比特所映射的第一频差,对所述第二信号进行调制;其中,N=log2M,所述M为所述第二信号的调制阶数;所述第一频差为相邻两个时间单元内所述第二信号之间的频率差;第i个时间单元的所述第二信号的频率f(i)=mod[f(i-1)+△f(i),B1],△f(i)为所述第二信号的序列中第i个所述第二信号与第(i-1)个所述第二信号的第一频差,所述B1为预设的第一带宽值,i为大于1的整数。In conjunction with the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the communication device further includes: a processing unit configured to map the first frequency difference according to every N bits in the sequence of the second signal, Modulate the second signal; where, N=log 2 M, where M is the modulation order of the second signal; the first frequency difference is the second signal in two adjacent time units The frequency difference between the The first frequency difference between the i-th second signal and the (i-1)-th second signal in the sequence of second signals, where B1 is a preset first bandwidth value, and i is greater than 1 integer.
第六方面中任一项可能的实现方式的技术效果可以参考相应第三方面的实现方式的技术效果,这里不再赘述。The technical effects of any possible implementation method in the sixth aspect can be referred to the technical effects of the corresponding implementation method in the third aspect, and will not be described again here.
示例性地,在一种可实现的方式中,第四方面至第六方面中的任一项可实现方式中所述的通信装置可以为接入网设备或接入网设备中的芯片或电路。在另一种可实现的方式中,该第四方面至第六方面中的任一项可实现方式中所述的通信装置可以为终端设备或终端设备中的芯片或电路。Exemplarily, in an implementable manner, the communication device described in any implementable manner of the fourth to sixth aspects may be an access network device or a chip or circuit in the access network device. . In another implementable manner, the communication device described in any implementable manner of the fourth to sixth aspects may be a terminal device or a chip or circuit in the terminal device.
第七方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:一个或多个处理器;存储器;以及一个或多个计算机程序。其中,一个或多个计算机程序被存储在存储器中,一个或多个计算机程序包括指令。当指令被通信装置执行时,使得通信装置执行上述第一方面至第三方面中任一项可能的实现中的通信方法。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided, including: one or more processors; a memory; and one or more computer programs. Wherein, one or more computer programs are stored in the memory, and the one or more computer programs include instructions. When the instruction is executed by the communication device, the communication device is caused to execute the communication method in the possible implementation of any one of the above-mentioned first to third aspects.
第八方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当所述计算机程序产品在通信装置上运行时,使得所述通信装置执行上述第一方面至第三方面中任一项可能的实现中的通信方法。In an eighth aspect, a computer program product containing instructions is provided. When the computer program product is run on a communication device, the communication device causes the communication device to perform any of the possible implementations of the first to third aspects. communication method.
第九方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该存储介质可以是非易失性的。该存储介质包括指令,当所述指令在通信装置上运行时,使得所述通信装置执行上述第一方面至第三方面中任一项可能的实现中的通信方法。In a ninth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, and the storage medium may be non-volatile. The storage medium includes instructions that, when run on the communication device, cause the communication device to perform the communication method in the possible implementation of any one of the above-mentioned first to third aspects.
第十方面,提供了一种芯片,包括至少一个处理器和接口电路,所述接口电路用于为所述至少一个处理器提供程序指令或者数据,所述至少一个处理器用于执行所述程序指令,以实现上述第一方面至第三方面中任一项可能的实现中的通信方法。In a tenth aspect, a chip is provided, including at least one processor and an interface circuit. The interface circuit is used to provide program instructions or data to the at least one processor. The at least one processor is used to execute the program instructions. , to implement the communication method in the possible implementation of any one of the above first to third aspects.
第十一方面,提供了一种通信系统,包括通信装置和接收设备。其中,所述通信装置用于执行上述第一方面至第三方面中任一项可能的实现中的通信方法。In an eleventh aspect, a communication system is provided, including a communication device and a receiving device. Wherein, the communication device is used to perform the communication method in the possible implementation of any one of the above-mentioned first to third aspects.
附图说明 Description of the drawings
图1为适用于本申请实施例的一例通信系统的架构的示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of an example communication system suitable for embodiments of the present application.
图2为一例FSK信号的幅值与时间的关系曲线示意图。Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the relationship between the amplitude and time of the FSK signal.
图3为另一例FSK信号的幅值与时间的关系曲线示意图。Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of another example of the relationship between the amplitude and time of the FSK signal.
图4为一例非相干FSK接收设备的示意性结构图。Figure 4 is a schematic structural diagram of an example of non-coherent FSK receiving equipment.
图5为一例FM-AM转换器的示意性结构图。Figure 5 is a schematic structural diagram of an example FM-AM converter.
图6和图7分别为FM-AM转换器的频率-幅值转换曲线的示意图。Figures 6 and 7 are schematic diagrams of the frequency-amplitude conversion curve of the FM-AM converter respectively.
图8为本申请实施例提供的一例通信方法的示意性流程图。Figure 8 is a schematic flow chart of an example communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图9为本申请实施例提供的一例发送设备发送的第一信号、第一数据、第二信号和第二数据的示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a first signal, a first data, a second signal and a second data sent by a sending device according to an embodiment of the present application.
图10为本申请实施例提供的一例FM-AM转换器的频率-幅值转换曲线的示意图。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a frequency-amplitude conversion curve of an FM-AM converter provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图11为本申请实施例提供的另一例通信方法的示意性流程图。Figure 11 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图12是本申请实施例提供的一例装置的示意性结构图。Figure 12 is a schematic structural diagram of an example device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
图13是本申请实施例提供的另一例装置的示意性结构图。Figure 13 is a schematic structural diagram of another example device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
为了便于理解本申请实施例,在介绍本申请实施例之前,先作出以下几点说明。In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, the following explanations are made before introducing the embodiments of the present application.
第一,在本申请实施例中,“指示”可以包括直接指示和间接指示,也可以包括显式指示和隐式指示。将某一信号(如下文所述的第一信号)所指示的信息称为待指示信息,则具体实现过程中,对待指示信息进行指示的方式有很多种,例如但不限于,可以直接指示待指示信息,如待指示信息本身或者该待指示信息的索引等。也可以通过指示其他信息来间接指示待指示信息,其中该其他信息与待指示信息之间存在关联关系。还可以仅仅指示待指示信息的一部分,而待指示信息的其他部分则是已知的或者提前约定的。例如,还可以借助预先约定(例如协议规定)的各个信息的排列顺序来实现对特定信息的指示,从而在一定程度上降低指示开销。First, in the embodiment of this application, "instruction" may include direct instruction and indirect instruction, and may also include explicit instruction and implicit instruction. The information indicated by a certain signal (such as the first signal described below) is called information to be indicated. In the specific implementation process, there are many ways to indicate the information to be indicated. For example, but not limited to, the information to be indicated can be directly indicated. Indication information, such as the information to be indicated itself or the index of the information to be indicated, etc. The information to be indicated may also be indirectly indicated by indicating other information, where there is an association relationship between the other information and the information to be indicated. It is also possible to indicate only a part of the information to be indicated, while other parts of the information to be indicated are known or agreed in advance. For example, the indication of specific information can also be achieved by means of a pre-agreed (for example, protocol stipulated) arrangement order of each piece of information, thereby reducing the indication overhead to a certain extent.
第二,在下文示出的实施例中第一、第二以及各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围。例如,区分不同的信号、支路等。Second, in the embodiments shown below, the first, second and various numerical numbers are only used to distinguish them for convenience of description and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. For example, distinguish between different signals, branches, etc.
第三,本申请实施例中涉及的“多个”是指两个或两个以上。Third, the “plurality” mentioned in the embodiments of this application refers to two or more.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通信(global system formobile communications,GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、长期演进(longterm evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、未来的第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR)等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: global system for mobile communications (GSM) system, code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA) system, wideband code division multiple access (CDMA) system, wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (GPRS), long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex, TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), global interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, the future fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) system or new radio (new radio, NR), etc.
为便于理解本申请实施例,首先结合图1详细说明适用于本申请实施例提供的方法的通信系统。图1示出了适用于本申请实施例提供的方法的通信系统100的示意图。In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, a communication system suitable for the method provided by the embodiments of the present application is first described in detail with reference to FIG. 1 . FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a communication system 100 suitable for the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
在一个示例中,如图1所示,该通信系统100可以包括至少一个接入网设备,如图1中所示的5G系统中的基站(gNB)和卫星站;该通信系统100还可以包括至少一个终端 设备,如图1中所示的用户设备(user equipment,UE)1至UE 9。接入网设备与各终端设备之间可以通过无线链路通信。例如,接入网设备可以向终端设备发送配置信息,终端设备可以基于该配置信息向接入网设备发送上行数据;又例如,接入网设备可以向终端设备发送下行数据。因此,图1中的gNB和UE 1至UE6可以构成一个通信系统;图1中的卫星站和UE 7至UE 9也可以构成一个通信系统。此外,基站和卫星站通过不同的方式连接到核心网设备,基站和卫星站与核心网设备之间可以进行相互的数据发送。本架构中可以为多个卫星站或者多个基站,卫星站也可以服务类似UE 1至UE6的UE。本申请对此不作限定。各通信设备,如基站、卫星站或UE 1至UE 9,可以配置多个天线,该多个天线可以包括至少一个用于发送信号的发射天线和至少一个用于接收信号的接收天线。另外,各通信设备还附加地包括发射机链和接收机链,本领域普通技术人员可以理解,它们均可包括与信号发送和接收相关的多个部件(例如处理器、调制器、复用器、解调器、解复用器或天线等)。因此,基站与UE 11至UE 6可通过多天线技术通信,卫星站与UE 7至UE 9可通过多天线技术通信。In one example, as shown in Figure 1, the communication system 100 may include at least one access network device, such as a base station (gNB) and a satellite station in the 5G system as shown in Figure 1; the communication system 100 may also include at least one terminal Equipment, such as user equipment (UE) 1 to UE 9 shown in Figure 1 . Access network equipment and each terminal equipment can communicate through wireless links. For example, the access network device can send configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device can send uplink data to the access network device based on the configuration information; for another example, the access network device can send downlink data to the terminal device. Therefore, the gNB and UEs 1 to UE6 in Figure 1 can form a communication system; the satellite station and UEs 7 to UE 9 in Figure 1 can also form a communication system. In addition, base stations and satellite stations are connected to core network equipment in different ways, and data can be sent to each other between base stations, satellite stations and core network equipment. In this architecture, there can be multiple satellite stations or multiple base stations, and the satellite stations can also serve UEs similar to UE 1 to UE6. This application does not limit this. Each communication device, such as a base station, a satellite station or UE 1 to UE 9, may be configured with multiple antennas, which may include at least one transmitting antenna for transmitting signals and at least one receiving antenna for receiving signals. In addition, each communication device additionally includes a transmitter chain and a receiver chain. Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand that they may include multiple components related to signal transmission and reception (such as processors, modulators, multiplexers). , demodulator, demultiplexer or antenna, etc.). Therefore, the base station and the UEs 11 to UE 6 can communicate through the multi-antenna technology, and the satellite station and the UEs 7 to UE 9 can communicate through the multi-antenna technology.
在另一个示例中,该通信系统100中的终端设备,如,UE4至UE6,也可以构成一个通信系统。示例性地,UE 5分别与UE4、UE6之间的链路可以称为侧行链路(sidelink)。例如,UE 5可以控制UE 4和UE6执行相应的指令,本申请对此不作限定。In another example, the terminal devices in the communication system 100, such as UE4 to UE6, may also constitute a communication system. For example, the links between UE 5 and UE4 and UE6 respectively may be called sidelinks. For example, UE 5 can control UE 4 and UE6 to execute corresponding instructions, which is not limited in this application.
还应理解,图1仅为便于理解而示例的简化示意图,该通信系统100中还可以包括其他接入网设备或者还可以包括其他终端设备,图1中未予以画出。It should also be understood that Figure 1 is only a simplified schematic diagram for ease of understanding. The communication system 100 may also include other access network equipment or other terminal equipment, which are not shown in Figure 1 .
应理解,该无线通信系统中的接入网设备可以是任意一种具有无线收发功能的设备。该设备包括但不限于:演进型节点B(evolved NodeB,eNB或eNodeB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU),无线保真(wireless fidelity,WIFI)系统中的接入点(access point,AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point,TP)或者发送接收点(transmission and reception point,TRP)等,还可以为5G,如,NR,系统中的gNB,或,传输点(TRP或TP),5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板,或者,还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点,如基带单元(BBU),或,分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)等。It should be understood that the access network device in the wireless communication system can be any device with wireless transceiver functions. The equipment includes but is not limited to: evolved NodeB (evolved NodeB, eNB or eNodeB), wireless network controller (radio network controller, RNC), Node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (base station controller, BSC) ), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (e.g., home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), base band unit (BBU), wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WIFI) system The access point (AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP) or transmission and reception point (TRP), etc., can also be 5G, such as , NR, a gNB in the system, or a transmission point (TRP or TP), one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) of antenna panels of a base station in a 5G system, or it can also be a network that constitutes a gNB or transmission point Nodes, such as baseband unit (BBU), or distributed unit (DU), etc.
在一些部署中,gNB可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和DU。gNB还可以包括射频单元(radio unit,RU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能,DU实现gNB的部分功能,例如,CU实现无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC),分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能,DU实现无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层和物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息,或者,由PHY层的信息转变而来,因而,在这种架构下,高层信令,如RRC层信令,也可以认为是由DU发送的,或者,由DU+CU发送的。可以理解的是,接入网设备可以为CU节点、或DU节点、或包括CU节点和DU节点的设备。此外,CU可以划分为接入网(radio access network,RAN)中的接入网设备,也可以将CU划分为核心网(core network,CN)中的接入网设备,本申请对此不做限定。In some deployments, gNB may include centralized units (CUs) and DUs. The gNB may also include a radio unit (RU). CU implements some functions of gNB, and DU implements some functions of gNB. For example, CU implements radio resource control (RRC), packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer functions, and DU implements wireless chain Radio link control (RLC) layer, media access control (MAC) layer and physical (physical, PHY) layer functions. Since RRC layer information will eventually become PHY layer information, or transformed from PHY layer information, in this architecture, high-level signaling, such as RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by DU , or sent by DU+CU. It can be understood that the access network device may be a CU node, a DU node, or a device including a CU node and a DU node. In addition, the CU can be divided into access network equipment in the access network (radio access network, RAN), or the CU can be divided into access network equipment in the core network (core network, CN). This application does not do this. limited.
还应理解,该无线通信系统中的终端设备也可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、 接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。本申请的实施例中的终端设备可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。本申请的实施例对应用场景不做限定。It should also be understood that the terminal equipment in the wireless communication system may also be called user equipment (UE), Access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communications equipment, user agent or user device. The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer (pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, or an augmented reality (AR) terminal. Equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, transportation safety ( Wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc. The embodiments of this application do not limit application scenarios.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备或接入网设备包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层,以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)、内存管理单元(memory management unit,MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统,例如,操作系统、操作系统、操作系统、操作系统或操作系统等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。并且,本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定,只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序,以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可,例如,本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或接入网设备,或者,是终端设备或接入网设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device or the access network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer. This hardware layer includes hardware such as central processing unit (CPU), memory management unit (MMU) and memory (also called main memory). The operating system can be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, operating system, operating system, operating system, operating system or operating system, etc. This application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software. Moreover, the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be run to provide according to the embodiment of the present application. For example, the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be a terminal device or an access network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or access network device that can call a program and execute the program.
另外,本申请的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如,计算机可读介质可以包括,但不限于:磁存储器件(例如,硬盘、软盘或磁带等),光盘(例如,压缩盘(compact disc,CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc,DVD)等),智能卡和闪存器件(例如,可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory,EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外,本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读介质”可包括但不限于,无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。Additionally, various aspects or features of the present application may be implemented as methods, apparatus, or articles of manufacture using standard programming and/or engineering techniques. The term "article of manufacture" as used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier or medium. For example, computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (e.g., hard disks, floppy disks, tapes, etc.), optical disks (e.g., compact discs (CD), digital versatile discs (DVD)) etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (e.g. erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.). Additionally, the various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information. The term "machine-readable medium" may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
为便于理解本申请实施例,首先对本申请中涉及到的相关技术内容作简单说明。In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, the relevant technical contents involved in the present application are briefly described first.
1、调制技术:根据需要发送的信息,控制载波的振幅、相位或频率的变化,从而使信息通过载波进行传输的一种技术。1. Modulation technology: A technology that controls the changes in the amplitude, phase or frequency of the carrier wave according to the information that needs to be sent, so that the information is transmitted through the carrier wave.
2、FSK调制技术:将信息调制在载波频率上的一种调制技术。2. FSK modulation technology: a modulation technology that modulates information on the carrier frequency.
3、调制阶数:用于计算码型每个符号(码元)所能代表的比特数。若调制阶数为M,则每个符号(码元)所能代表的比特数为log2M,也即一个符号(码元)可携带log2M比特的信息。此时,调制阶数为M的FSK可称为M-FSK。3. Modulation order: used to calculate the number of bits that each symbol (code element) of the code pattern can represent. If the modulation order is M, then the number of bits that each symbol (symbol) can represent is log 2 M, that is, one symbol (symbol) can carry log 2 M bits of information. At this time, FSK with modulation order M can be called M-FSK.
例如,若调制阶数为2,则一个符号(码元)可携带1比特的信息。此时,可认为传输的信息的01比特序列,每个码元可以传输1bit。发送频率为f1的FSK信号可代表传输的是“0”,发送频率为f2的FSK信号可代表传输的是“1”,该FSK信号的载频fc为f1和f2的平均值。例如,如图2所示,为一种调制阶数为2的FSK信号的幅值与时间的关系曲线示意图。For example, if the modulation order is 2, one symbol (symbol) can carry 1 bit of information. At this time, it can be considered as a 01-bit sequence of transmitted information, and each symbol can transmit 1 bit. The FSK signal with frequency f 1 can represent the transmission of "0", and the FSK signal with frequency f 2 can represent the transmission of "1". The carrier frequency f c of the FSK signal is the average of f 1 and f 2 value. For example, as shown in Figure 2, it is a schematic diagram of the relationship between the amplitude and time of an FSK signal with a modulation order of 2.
又例如,若调制阶数为4,则一个符号(码元)可携带2比特的信息。此时,可认为传输的信息的01比特序列,每个码元可以传输2bit。发送频率为f1的FSK信号可代表传 输的是“00”,发送频率为f2的FSK信号可代表传输的是“01”,发送频率为f3的FSK信号可代表传输的是“10”,发送频率为f4的FSK信号可代表传输的是“11”。该FSK信号的载频fc为f1,f2,f3和f4的平均值。例如,如图3所示,为一种调制阶数为4的FSK信号的幅值与时间的关系曲线示意图。For another example, if the modulation order is 4, one symbol (symbol) can carry 2 bits of information. At this time, it can be considered as a 01-bit sequence of transmitted information, and each symbol can transmit 2 bits. Sending an FSK signal with frequency f 1 can represent What is lost is "00", sending an FSK signal with a frequency of f 2 can represent that the transmission is "01", sending an FSK signal with a frequency of f 3 can represent that the transmission is "10", sending an FSK signal with a frequency of f 4 can represent The one that represents transmission is "11". The carrier frequency f c of this FSK signal is the average of f 1 , f 2 , f 3 and f 4 . For example, as shown in Figure 3, it is a schematic diagram of the relationship between the amplitude and time of an FSK signal with a modulation order of 4.
需要说明的是,图2和图3仅为FSK信号的两种示例,其不应对本申请构成限制。It should be noted that Figure 2 and Figure 3 are only two examples of FSK signals, which should not limit the present application.
4、解调技术:是调制技术的逆过程。一般接收设备通过某种信号处理手段从已调信号(发送设备调制后的信号)中得到发送设备所发送的信息。4. Demodulation technology: It is the reverse process of modulation technology. Generally, the receiving device obtains the information sent by the sending device from the modulated signal (the signal modulated by the sending device) through some signal processing means.
5、FSK接收设备:可以分为相干FSK接收设备和非相干FSK接收设备两种基本模式。其中,相干FSK接收设备需要对载波进行恢复。也就是说,相干FSK接收设备需要对载波进行恢复,并使用恢复的载波对FSK信号进行解调,得到解调的信息。而非相干FSK接收设备则没有这样的需要,也就是说,非相干FSK接收设备不需要对载波进行恢复,直接根据接收的FSK信号进行解调,也可得到解调的信息。5. FSK receiving equipment: It can be divided into two basic modes: coherent FSK receiving equipment and non-coherent FSK receiving equipment. Among them, the coherent FSK receiving equipment needs to recover the carrier wave. That is to say, the coherent FSK receiving equipment needs to recover the carrier and use the recovered carrier to demodulate the FSK signal to obtain the demodulated information. Non-coherent FSK receiving equipment does not have such a need. That is to say, non-coherent FSK receiving equipment does not need to recover the carrier. It can directly demodulate based on the received FSK signal and obtain demodulated information.
一般,相干FSK接收设备具有更好的解调性能,但是相应的功耗会更高。非相干FSK接收设备的解调性能有一些差距,但是优势在于结构简单,功耗低。在很多通信系统中,对于低功耗的要求很高,此时往往会选择非相干FSK接收设备。Generally, coherent FSK receiving equipment has better demodulation performance, but the corresponding power consumption will be higher. There are some gaps in the demodulation performance of non-coherent FSK receiving equipment, but the advantages are simple structure and low power consumption. In many communication systems, the requirements for low power consumption are very high, and non-coherent FSK receiving equipment is often selected at this time.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中涉及的接收设备是非相干FSK接收设备。It should be noted that the receiving device involved in the embodiment of this application is a non-coherent FSK receiving device.
下面,以图4所示的非相干FSK接收设备为例,对非相干FSK接收设备的电路进行说明。Next, taking the non-coherent FSK receiving device shown in Figure 4 as an example, the circuit of the non-coherent FSK receiving device will be described.
例如,如图4所示,该非相干FSK接收设备包括:射频带通滤波器(radio frequency band pass filter,RF BPF)、射频信号放大器(radio frequency low noise amplifier,RF LNA)、本地晶振(local oscillator,LO)(也可以称为本地振荡器)、乘法器、中频信号放大器(intermediate noise amplifying,IF LNA)、BPF、调频(frequency modulation,FM)调幅(amplitude modulation,AM)转换器、低通滤波器(low-pass filter,LPF)、包络或幅值检测模块(envelop detector)。For example, as shown in Figure 4, the non-coherent FSK receiving equipment includes: radio frequency band pass filter (RF BPF), radio frequency signal amplifier (radio frequency low noise amplifier, RF LNA), local crystal oscillator (local oscillator (LO) (also called local oscillator), multiplier, intermediate noise amplifying (IF LNA), BPF, frequency modulation (FM) amplitude modulation (AM) converter, low pass Filter (low-pass filter, LPF), envelope or amplitude detection module (envelop detector).
该非相干FSK接收设备接收FSK信号(例如,1GHz)的过程大致如下:FSK信号在被该非相干FSK接收设备的天线接收到之后,首先,通过RF BPF进行滤波,并通过RF LNA进行信号放大之后,再与LO输出的本振信号通过乘法器进行混频,并将混频后的FSK信号下变频至中频(例如,50MHz);然后,通过BPF再进行一次滤波,将滤波后的信号的频率信息通过FM-AM转换器转换为幅值信息,并经过LPF去除噪声后,就可以使用包络或幅值检测模块(envelop detector)来通过幅值信息检测调制信息。The process of the non-coherent FSK receiving device receiving the FSK signal (for example, 1GHz) is roughly as follows: after the FSK signal is received by the antenna of the non-coherent FSK receiving device, first, it is filtered by the RF BPF, and the signal is amplified by the RF LNA. After that, it is mixed with the local oscillator signal output by the LO through a multiplier, and the mixed FSK signal is down-converted to an intermediate frequency (for example, 50MHz); then, it is filtered again through the BPF, and the filtered signal is The frequency information is converted into amplitude information through the FM-AM converter, and after the noise is removed by LPF, the envelope or amplitude detection module (envelop detector) can be used to detect the modulation information through the amplitude information.
一方面,在如图4所示的非相干FSK接收设备中,FM-AM转换器可以将不同频率的信号转换为不同幅值的信号。On the one hand, in the non-coherent FSK receiving device as shown in Figure 4, the FM-AM converter can convert signals of different frequencies into signals of different amplitudes.
下面,以图5所示的FM-AM转换器的内部结构为例,对FM-AM转换器进行说明。需要说明的是,图5仅为FM-AM转换器的内部结构的一种示例,其不应对本申请构成限制。Next, the FM-AM converter will be described, taking the internal structure of the FM-AM converter shown in Figure 5 as an example. It should be noted that Figure 5 is only an example of the internal structure of the FM-AM converter, which should not limit the present application.
例如,如图5所示,该FM-AM转换器包括相位移动模块和乘法器,其中相位移动模块可以对不同频率的信号进行不同的相位旋转。输入FM-AM转换器的信号S(t)分两路,一路直接进入乘法器,另一路先进入相位移动模块,信号S(t)经相位移动模块后得到信号Sp(t),信号Sp(t)再进入乘法器与信号S(t)进行混频,得到混频后的信号S(t)Sp(t)。 For example, as shown in Figure 5, the FM-AM converter includes a phase shift module and a multiplier, where the phase shift module can perform different phase rotations on signals of different frequencies. The signal S(t) input to the FM-AM converter is divided into two channels. One channel directly enters the multiplier, and the other channel first enters the phase shift module. After the signal S(t) passes through the phase shift module, the signal Sp(t) is obtained. The signal Sp( t) then enters the multiplier to mix with the signal S(t) to obtain the mixed signal S(t)Sp(t).
其中,相位移动模块对信号S(t)旋转的相位φrot(f)满足以下公式:
Among them, the phase φ rot (f) rotated by the phase shift module on the signal S(t) satisfies the following formula:
其中,fc为载频、fFSK(t)为信号S(t)对应的频率。Among them, f c is the carrier frequency, and f FSK (t) is the frequency corresponding to the signal S(t).
这样,信号Sp(t)的幅值和时间的关系式如下:
Sp(t)=cos[2πfct+φ(t,α)+φrot(fFSK(t))]
In this way, the relationship between the amplitude of the signal Sp(t) and time is as follows:
Sp(t)=cos[2πf c t+φ(t,α)+φ rot (f FSK (t))]
信号S(t)Sp(t)滤除高频成分后的信号的幅值和时间的关系式如下:
The relationship between the amplitude and time of the signal S(t)Sp(t) after filtering out the high-frequency components is as follows:
当2πK(fFSK(t)-fc)较小时,sin[2πK(fFSK(t)-fc)]≈2πK(fFSK(t)-fc),这样FM-AM转换器就完成了频率到幅值的转换。When 2πK(f FSK (t)-f c ) is small, sin[2πK(f FSK (t)-f c )]≈2πK(f FSK (t)-f c ), so the FM-AM converter is completed Convert frequency to amplitude.
无论FM-AM转换器的内容结构如何,FM-AM转换器的内部结构都存在一个线性工作区间。通常,根据接收设备接收的信号的频率范围,设置FM-AM转换器的频率-幅值转换曲线在中频信号的频率范围内呈线性关系即可。Regardless of the content structure of the FM-AM converter, there is a linear operating range in the internal structure of the FM-AM converter. Usually, according to the frequency range of the signal received by the receiving device, it is enough to set the frequency-amplitude conversion curve of the FM-AM converter to have a linear relationship within the frequency range of the intermediate frequency signal.
图6和图7分别为FM-AM转换器的频率-幅值转换曲线的一例示意图。例如,如图6和图7所示,在理想状态下,FM-AM转换器的频率-幅值转换曲线呈线性关系,如6和图7中的实线所示。在实际的状态中,FM-AM转换器的频率-幅值转换曲线只能在一定的频率区间内呈近似线性关系,如图6和图7中的虚线所示,FM-AM转换器的频率-幅值转换曲线只在[f11,f12]区间内呈近似线性关系。Figures 6 and 7 are respectively schematic diagrams of an example of the frequency-amplitude conversion curve of an FM-AM converter. For example, as shown in Figures 6 and 7, under ideal conditions, the frequency-amplitude conversion curve of an FM-AM converter has a linear relationship, as shown by the solid lines in Figures 6 and 7. In the actual state, the frequency-amplitude conversion curve of the FM-AM converter can only have an approximately linear relationship within a certain frequency range, as shown by the dotted lines in Figures 6 and 7. The frequency of the FM-AM converter -The amplitude conversion curve only has an approximately linear relationship within the [f 11 , f 12 ] interval.
为了方便描述,将FM-AM转换器的频率-幅值转换曲线在一定的频率区间内呈近似线性关系中的频率区间称为FM-AM转换器的线性工作区间。For the convenience of description, the frequency range in which the frequency-amplitude conversion curve of the FM-AM converter has an approximately linear relationship within a certain frequency range is called the linear working range of the FM-AM converter.
如果LO产生的本振信号和接收的信号混频之后的信号的频率为f1、f2、f3、f4,且f1、f2、f3、f4均在[f11,f12]区间内,则FM-AM转换器转换过来的幅值分别为e1、e2、e3、e4。如图6所示,若f1、f2、f3、f4中两个相邻频率之间的频率差是相同的,那么e1、e2、e3、e4中两个相邻幅值之间的幅值差也是相同的。If the frequencies of the signals after mixing the local oscillator signal generated by the LO and the received signal are f 1 , f 2 , f 3 , and f 4 , and f 1 , f 2 , f 3 , and f 4 are all in [f 11 ,f 12 ] interval, the amplitudes converted by the FM-AM converter are e 1 , e 2 , e 3 , and e 4 respectively. As shown in Figure 6, if the frequency difference between two adjacent frequencies in f 1 , f 2 , f 3 , and f 4 is the same, then the two adjacent frequencies in e 1 , e 2 , e 3 , and e 4 The amplitude difference between the amplitudes is also the same.
但是,由于LO本身的原因(例如LO的稳定性)可能会造成其性能不稳定,或者,由于LO的性能容易受到其周围环境如温度的影响,LO产生的本振信号的频率往往与理想的频率会存在偏差,这样会使得LO产生的本振信号和接收的信号混频后的信号的频率和理想的频率存在偏差△f。如果这个偏差△f较大,会使得LO产生的本振信号和接收的信号混频会的频率超出FM-AM转换器的线性工作区间,可能会使得转换出来的幅值不再呈线性关系。However, due to reasons of the LO itself (such as the stability of the LO), its performance may be unstable, or because the performance of the LO is easily affected by its surrounding environment such as temperature, the frequency of the local oscillator signal generated by the LO is often different from the ideal There will be a deviation in frequency, which will cause the frequency of the signal after mixing the local oscillator signal generated by the LO and the received signal to deviate from the ideal frequency by Δf. If the deviation △f is large, the mixing frequency of the local oscillator signal generated by the LO and the received signal will exceed the linear working range of the FM-AM converter, which may cause the converted amplitude to no longer have a linear relationship.
例如,若LO产生的本振信号和接收的信号混频之后的信号的频率为f1、f2、f3、f4,但是,由于LO产生的本振信号存在偏差f,LO产生的本振信号和接收的信号混频之后的信号的频率变为f1+△f、f2+△f、f3+△f、f4+△f。例如,如图7所示,f1+△f和f2+△f在[f11,f12]区间内,f3+△f、f4+△f超出[f11,f12]区间。这样,即使f1+△f、f2+△f、f3+△f、f4+△f两两之间的间隔相同的,也会使得e1'、e2'、e3'、e4'两两之间的间隔不相同。For example, if the frequency of the local oscillator signal generated by the LO and the received signal after mixing are f 1 , f 2 , f 3 , f 4 , however, due to the deviation f in the local oscillator signal generated by the LO, the frequency of the local oscillator signal generated by the LO is f The frequencies of the signals after mixing the local oscillator signal and the received signal become f 1 +△f, f 2 +△f, f 3 +△f, f 4 +△f. For example, as shown in Figure 7, f 1 + △f and f 2 + △f are within the interval [f 11 , f 12 ], and f 3 + △f and f 4 + △f exceed the interval [f 11 , f 12 ]. . In this way, even if the intervals between f 1 + △f, f 2 + △f, f 3 + △f, and f 4 + △f are the same, e 1 ', e 2 ', e 3 ', e 4 'The intervals between the two are not the same.
这样,接收设备对接收的信号进行解调后得到的基带信号会存在误差,进而对接收设备的解调性能造成严重影响。In this way, the baseband signal obtained after the receiving device demodulates the received signal will have errors, which will seriously affect the demodulation performance of the receiving device.
因此,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,该通信方法可以应用于发送设备和接收设备的通信系统中。 Therefore, embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which can be applied in a communication system between a sending device and a receiving device.
在一个示例中,发送设备可以为图1中所述的基站或卫星站,接收设备可以为图1中所述的终端设备。In one example, the sending device may be the base station or satellite station described in Figure 1, and the receiving device may be the terminal device described in Figure 1.
在另一个示例中,发送设备可以图1中所述的一个终端设备,接收设备可以为图1所述的另一个终端设备。In another example, the sending device may be a terminal device described in FIG. 1 , and the receiving device may be another terminal device described in FIG. 1 .
下面结合具体的附图,对本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行说明。The communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described below with reference to specific drawings.
图8为本申请实施例提供的一例通信方法800的示意性流程图。Figure 8 is a schematic flow chart of an example communication method 800 provided by the embodiment of the present application.
例如,如图8所示,该通信方法800包括S810和S820。下面对S810和S820进行详细说明。For example, as shown in Figure 8, the communication method 800 includes S810 and S820. The S810 and S820 are described in detail below.
S810,发送设备采用频分复用(frequency division multiplexing,FDM)方式,向接收设备发送第一信号和第一数据。相应地,接收设备接收发送设备发送的第一信号和第一数据。S810: The sending device uses frequency division multiplexing (FDM) to send the first signal and the first data to the receiving device. Correspondingly, the receiving device receives the first signal and the first data sent by the sending device.
其中,第一信号用于辅助接收设备对接收设备产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正。也就是说,接收设备在接收到第一信号后,会根据第一信号对接收设备产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正。The first signal is used to assist the receiving device in correcting the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device. That is to say, after receiving the first signal, the receiving device will perform frequency offset correction on the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device according to the first signal.
需要说明的是,本申请不局限于发送设备是通过频分复用的方式将第一信号和第一数据发送给接收设备,其也可以是通过分时的方式发送第一信号和第一数据。It should be noted that this application is not limited to the sending device sending the first signal and the first data to the receiving device in a frequency division multiplexing manner. It may also send the first signal and the first data in a time division manner. .
可选地,在一些实施例中,在S820中,发送设备还可以仅向接收设备发送第一信号。此后,若发送设备有第一数据发送给接收设备,发送设备再向接收设备发送第一数据。若发送设备没有第一数据发送给接收设备,发送设备不会向接收设备发送第一数据。Optionally, in some embodiments, in S820, the sending device may also only send the first signal to the receiving device. Thereafter, if the sending device has first data to send to the receiving device, the sending device sends the first data to the receiving device. If the sending device does not send the first data to the receiving device, the sending device will not send the first data to the receiving device.
应理解,发送设备在发送第一信号前,发送设备需要对第一信号进行调制。It should be understood that before the sending device sends the first signal, the sending device needs to modulate the first signal.
本申请实施例对发送设备对第一信号的调制方式不作限定。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the modulation method of the first signal by the sending device.
在一个示例中,发送设备可以对第一信号进行频移键控调制。例如,若第一信号的调制阶数为2,则一个符号可携带1比特的信息。此时,可认为传输的信息的比特包括“0”和“1”组成的序列,发送频率为f1的第一信号可代表传输的是“0”,发送频率为f2的第二信号可代表传输的是“1”,该第一信号的载频为fc1In one example, the transmitting device may frequency shift key modulate the first signal. For example, if the modulation order of the first signal is 2, one symbol can carry 1 bit of information. At this time, it can be considered that the bits of the transmitted information include a sequence of "0" and "1". The first signal transmitted with the frequency f 1 can represent that "0" is transmitted, and the second signal transmitted with the frequency f 2 can represent What represents transmission is "1", and the carrier frequency of the first signal is f c1 .
在另一个示例中,发送设备对第一信号进行差分调频调制,即第一信号采用差分调频的调制方式。In another example, the sending device performs differential frequency modulation modulation on the first signal, that is, the first signal adopts a differential frequency modulation modulation method.
具体的,发送设备根据第一信号的序列中的每P个比特所映射的第二频差,对第一信号进行调制。Specifically, the sending device modulates the first signal according to the second frequency difference mapped by each P bits in the sequence of the first signal.
其中,P=log2Q,Q为第一信号的调制阶数,也就是说,第一信号的序列中的每P个比特映射一个第二频差。第二频差为相邻两个时间单元内第一信号之间的频率差。第j个时间单元的第一信号的频率f(j)=mod[f(j-1)+△f1(j),B2],△f1(j)为第一信号的序列中第j个第一信号与第(j-1)个第一信号的第二频差,B2为预设的第二带宽值,j为大于1的整数。Wherein, P=log 2 Q, Q is the modulation order of the first signal, that is to say, every P bits in the sequence of the first signal are mapped to a second frequency difference. The second frequency difference is the frequency difference between the first signal in two adjacent time units. The frequency of the first signal in the jth time unit f(j)=mod[f(j-1)+Δf 1 (j), B2], Δf 1 (j) is the jth in the sequence of the first signal The second frequency difference between the first signal and the (j-1)th first signal, B2 is the preset second bandwidth value, and j is an integer greater than 1.
需要说明的是,当j取2时,f(j-1)=f(1)可以取任意值,本申请实施例对f(1)的具体取值不作限定。It should be noted that when j is 2, f(j-1)=f(1) can take any value, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific value of f(1).
此外,本申请所有实施例中所述的时间单元可以理解为比特序列中的一个符号的周期。本申请该时间单元的取值不作限定,例如,该时间单元可以为一个符号。In addition, the time unit described in all embodiments of this application can be understood as the period of one symbol in the bit sequence. The value of the time unit in this application is not limited. For example, the time unit may be a symbol.
因为前后两个时间单元的时间间隔很短,即使接收设备产生的本振信号存在残余频偏,前后两个时间单元内产生的本振信号的残余频偏可以认为是相同的,这样,发送设备对第 一信号采用差分调频调制的方式,接收设备通过对前后两个时间单元内的第一信号的频率相减(即差分调频调制方式),可以把接收设备产生的本振信号的残余的频偏抵消,从而不影响接收设备的解调性能。Because the time interval between the two time units before and after is very short, even if there is a residual frequency offset in the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device, the residual frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated in the two time units before and after can be considered to be the same. In this way, the sending device Right A signal uses differential FM modulation. The receiving device can offset the residual frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device by subtracting the frequencies of the first signal in the two time units before and after (i.e., differential FM modulation). , thus not affecting the demodulation performance of the receiving device.
需要说明的是,第一信号的比特序列,和/或,第一信号的比特序列中的每P个比特和第二频差的映射关系可以是配置的。It should be noted that the mapping relationship between the bit sequence of the first signal and/or the mapping relationship between each P bits in the bit sequence of the first signal and the second frequency difference may be configured.
本申请实施例对该第一信号的比特序列,和/或,第一信号的比特序列中的每P个比特和第二频差的映射关系的配置侧不作限定。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the configuration of the mapping relationship between the bit sequence of the first signal and/or the mapping relationship between each P bits in the bit sequence of the first signal and the second frequency difference.
在一个示例中,第一信号的比特序列,和/或,第一信号的比特序列中的每P个比特和第二频差的映射关系可以是基站或卫星站配置的。In one example, the mapping relationship between the bit sequence of the first signal and/or the mapping relationship between each P bits in the bit sequence of the first signal and the second frequency difference may be configured by the base station or the satellite station.
在该示例中,若发送设备不是基站或卫星站,基站或卫星站需要向发送设备和/或接收设备发送第一信号的比特序列,和/或,第一信号的比特序列中的每P个比特和第二频差的映射关系。In this example, if the sending device is not a base station or a satellite station, the base station or satellite station needs to send the bit sequence of the first signal to the sending device and/or the receiving device, and/or, each P bit sequence of the first signal The mapping relationship between bits and the second frequency difference.
在该示例中,若发送设备是基站或卫星站,发送设备还可以将第一信号的比特序列,和/或,第一信号的比特序列中的每P个比特和第二频差的映射关系发送给接收设备。In this example, if the sending device is a base station or a satellite station, the sending device may also map the bit sequence of the first signal and/or the mapping relationship between each P bits in the bit sequence of the first signal and the second frequency difference. sent to the receiving device.
在另一个示例中,第一信号的比特序列,和/或,第一信号的比特序列中的每P个比特和第二频差的映射关系可以是(协议)预先规定或配置的。In another example, the mapping relationship between the bit sequence of the first signal and/or the mapping relationship between each P bits in the bit sequence of the first signal and the second frequency difference may be pre-specified or configured by (protocol).
例如,若发送设备采用调制阶数2对第一信号进行差分调频调制,那么传输的第一信号的0/1比特序列可以每一个bit映射到一个码元(symbol)上,每一个bit包括“0”和“1”两种可能性。发送设备可以将第一信号的比特序列中每一个bit映射一个第二频差,并根据比特序列中每一个bit映射的第二频差,对第一信号进行调制。For example, if the sending device uses modulation order 2 to perform differential FM modulation on the first signal, then each bit of the 0/1 bit sequence of the transmitted first signal can be mapped to a symbol, and each bit includes " There are two possibilities: 0" and "1". The sending device may map each bit in the bit sequence of the first signal to a second frequency difference, and modulate the first signal according to the second frequency difference mapped to each bit in the bit sequence.
表1为本申请实施例提供的一例比特序列中每一个bit和第二频差的映射关系。Table 1 is an example of the mapping relationship between each bit in the bit sequence and the second frequency difference provided by the embodiment of the present application.
需要说明的是,表1仅为示例,其不应对本申请构成限制。本申请实施例对比特序列中每一个bit映射的第二频差的取值不作限定。It should be noted that Table 1 is only an example, and it should not limit this application. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the value of the second frequency difference mapped to each bit in the bit sequence.
表1
Table 1
例如,作出以下假设:(1)发送设备传输的第一信号的比特序列为:“0110”;(2)当j取2时,f(j-1)=f(1)=50kHz,此时,f(1)可以称为第一信号的初始频率;(3)B2=180kHz;(4)比特序列中每一个bit和第二频差的映射关系为表1所示的映射关系。那么,发送设备需要根据第一信号的比特序列,对第一信号进行调制,具体过程如下:For example, the following assumptions are made: (1) The bit sequence of the first signal transmitted by the sending device is: "0110"; (2) When j is 2, f(j-1)=f(1)=50kHz, at this time , f(1) can be called the initial frequency of the first signal; (3) B2 = 180 kHz; (4) The mapping relationship between each bit in the bit sequence and the second frequency difference is the mapping relationship shown in Table 1. Then, the sending device needs to modulate the first signal according to the bit sequence of the first signal. The specific process is as follows:
S1:发送设备对第一信号的比特序列中第一个bit(“0”)对应的符号所传输的第一信号进行调制后,得到的频率为50kHz(初始频率)+0kHz(第一个bit(“0”)所映射的第二频差)=50kHz。S1: After the sending device modulates the first signal transmitted by the symbol corresponding to the first bit ("0") in the bit sequence of the first signal, the obtained frequency is 50kHz (initial frequency) + 0kHz (first bit ("0") mapped second frequency difference) = 50 kHz.
S2:发送设备对第一信号的比特序列中第二个bit(“1”)对应的符号所传输的第一信号进行调制后,得到的频率为50kHz(第一个bit(“0”)对应的符号所传输的第一信号调制后的频率)+100kHz(第二个bit(“1”)所映射的第二频差)=150kHz。S2: After the sending device modulates the first signal transmitted by the symbol corresponding to the second bit ("1") in the bit sequence of the first signal, the obtained frequency is 50kHz (corresponding to the first bit ("0") The modulated frequency of the first signal transmitted by the symbol) + 100 kHz (the second frequency difference mapped by the second bit (“1”)) = 150 kHz.
S3:发送设备对第一信号的比特序列中第三个bit(“1”)对应的符号所传输的第一信号进行调制后,得到的频率为150kHz(第二个bit(“1”)对应的符号所传输的第一 信号调制后的频率)+100kHz(第三个bit(“1”)所映射的第二频差)=250kHz。但是,由于250kHz超过了预设的第二带宽值B2,因此,需要根据f(j)=mod[f(j-1)+△f1(j),B2],对第一信号的比特序列中第三个bit(“1”)对应的符号所传输的第一信号调制后的频率进行调整,最终第一信号的比特序列中第三个bit(“1”)对应的符号所传输的第一信号调制后的频率为mod[250,180]=70kHz。S3: After the sending device modulates the first signal transmitted by the symbol corresponding to the third bit ("1") in the bit sequence of the first signal, the obtained frequency is 150kHz (corresponding to the second bit ("1") The symbol is transmitted first The frequency after modulation of the signal) + 100kHz (the second frequency difference mapped by the third bit (“1”)) = 250kHz. However, since 250kHz exceeds the preset second bandwidth value B2, it is necessary to modify the bit sequence of the first signal according to f(j)=mod[f(j-1)+Δf 1 (j), B2] The frequency after modulation of the first signal transmitted by the symbol corresponding to the third bit ("1") in the bit sequence of the first signal is adjusted, and finally the third bit ("1") corresponding to the symbol transmitted by the bit sequence of the first signal The modulated frequency of a signal is mod[250,180]=70kHz.
S4:发送设备对第一信号的比特序列中第四个bit(“0”)对应的符号所传输的第一信号进行调制后,得到的频率为70kHz(第三个bit(“1”)对应的符号所传输的第一信号调制后的频率)+0kHz(第四个bit(“0”)所映射的第二频差)=70kHz。这样,发送设备对传输的第一信号的比特序列进行调制后的频率如表2所示。S4: After the sending device modulates the first signal transmitted by the symbol corresponding to the fourth bit ("0") in the bit sequence of the first signal, the obtained frequency is 70kHz (corresponding to the third bit ("1") The modulated frequency of the first signal transmitted by the symbol) + 0 kHz (the second frequency difference mapped by the fourth bit (“0”)) = 70 kHz. In this way, the frequency after the transmitting device modulates the bit sequence of the transmitted first signal is as shown in Table 2.
表2
Table 2
需要说明的是,发送设备发送的第一信号的比特序列可以是发送设备发送给接收设备的信息bit,或者,发送设备发送的第一信号的比特序列可以是预先规定或配置的,本申请对此不作限定。It should be noted that the bit sequence of the first signal sent by the sending device may be the information bits sent by the sending device to the receiving device, or the bit sequence of the first signal sent by the sending device may be predetermined or configured. This application provides This is not a limitation.
在一个示例中,该第一信号可以不携带任何内容。In one example, the first signal may carry no content.
在另一个示例中,该第一信号也可以携带内容。In another example, the first signal may also carry content.
例如,该第一信号可以携带小区的标识。其中,小区为发送设备所服务的区域,该小区的标识用于辅助接收设备确定是否是从正确的发送设备上接收信息。For example, the first signal may carry the identity of the cell. The cell is the area served by the sending device, and the identity of the cell is used to assist the receiving device in determining whether it is receiving information from the correct sending device.
需要说明的是,若接收设备在发送设备的覆盖范围内,那么该发送设备即可理解为是上文所述的正确的发送设备。或者,若接收设备和发送设备已建立连接,那么该发送设备也即可理解为是上文所述的正确的发送设备。It should be noted that if the receiving device is within the coverage of the sending device, then the sending device can be understood as the correct sending device as mentioned above. Alternatively, if the receiving device and the sending device have established a connection, then the sending device can also be understood as the correct sending device as mentioned above.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例对该第一信号是否携带内容不作限定。以及,本申请实施例对该第一信号的名称不作限定,例如,该第一信号还可以称为其他信号如参考信号,只要与第一信号功能相同的信号都可认为是第一信号。It should be noted that the embodiment of the present application does not limit whether the first signal carries content. Moreover, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the name of the first signal. For example, the first signal can also be called other signals such as a reference signal. Any signal with the same function as the first signal can be considered as the first signal.
在一个示例中,发送设备可以周期性地发送第一信号和第一数据。相应地,接收设备可以周期性地接收发送设备发送的第一信号和第一数据。In one example, the sending device may send the first signal and the first data periodically. Correspondingly, the receiving device may periodically receive the first signal and the first data sent by the sending device.
示例性地,发送设备发送第一信号和第一数据的周期可以是发送设备通知接收设备的,或者,发送设备发送第一信号和第一数据的周期可以是预先规定或配置的,本申请实施例对此不作限定。For example, the period in which the sending device sends the first signal and the first data may be notified by the sending device to the receiving device, or the period in which the sending device sends the first signal and the first data may be predetermined or configured. This application implements This example does not limit this.
本申请实施例对发送第一信号和第一数据的周期的取值不作限定,其可以根据实际情况而定。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the value of the period for sending the first signal and the first data, and it can be determined according to the actual situation.
S820,发送设备采用频分复用方式,向接收设备发送第二信号和第二数据。相应地,接收设备接收发送设备发送的第二信号和第二数据。S820: The sending device uses frequency division multiplexing to send the second signal and the second data to the receiving device. Correspondingly, the receiving device receives the second signal and the second data sent by the sending device.
其中,第二信号用于指示接收设备进入连接态。也就是说,该第二信号用于指示接收 设备进入连接态,接收发送设备发送的数据(第一数据和第二数据)。The second signal is used to instruct the receiving device to enter the connected state. That is, the second signal is used to indicate receiving The device enters the connected state and receives the data (first data and second data) sent by the sending device.
需要说明的是,本申请不局限于发送设备是通过频分复用的方式将第二信号和第二数据发送给接收设备,其也可以是通过分时的方式发送第二信号和第二数据。It should be noted that this application is not limited to the sending device sending the second signal and the second data to the receiving device in a frequency division multiplexing manner. It may also send the second signal and the second data in a time division manner. .
可选地,在一些实施例中,在S820中,发送设备还可以仅向接收设备发送第二信号。此后,若发送设备有第二数据发送给接收设备,发送设备再向接收设备发送第二数据。若发送设备没有第二数据发送给接收设备,发送设备不会向接收设备发送第二数据。Optionally, in some embodiments, in S820, the sending device may also only send the second signal to the receiving device. Afterwards, if the sending device has second data to send to the receiving device, the sending device sends the second data to the receiving device. If the sending device does not have second data to send to the receiving device, the sending device will not send the second data to the receiving device.
可选地,在一个示例中,发送设备根据配置的第一信号和第二信号的发送参数,向接收设备发送相应的信号和数据。这样,从发送设备侧出发,可以避免对接收设备侧对发送设备发送的信号的解调性能造成影响。Optionally, in one example, the sending device sends corresponding signals and data to the receiving device according to the configured sending parameters of the first signal and the second signal. In this way, starting from the sending device side, the impact on the demodulation performance of the signal sent by the sending device on the receiving device side can be avoided.
在该示例中,S810中所述的第一信号的第一发送参数和S820中所述的第二信号的第二发送参数是分别配置的,且第一发送参数和第二发送参数的类型相同。其中,第一发送参数包括以下至少一项:第一信号与第一数据之间的第一频率保护间隔、第一信号的调制阶数、第一信号的发射功率。第二发送参数包括以下至少一项:第二信号与第二数据之间的第二频率保护间隔、第二信号的调制阶数、第二信号的发射功率。In this example, the first transmission parameter of the first signal in S810 and the second transmission parameter of the second signal in S820 are configured separately, and the first transmission parameter and the second transmission parameter are of the same type. . The first transmission parameter includes at least one of the following: a first frequency guard interval between the first signal and the first data, a modulation order of the first signal, and a transmission power of the first signal. The second transmission parameter includes at least one of the following: a second frequency guard interval between the second signal and the second data, a modulation order of the second signal, and a transmission power of the second signal.
将第一信号和第一数据,以及第二信号和第二数据之间均设置频率保护带宽,进而,在接收设备产生的本振信号存在频偏的情况下,可以避免接收设备把邻带的信号接收进来以影响解调性能。A frequency protection bandwidth is set between the first signal and the first data, and between the second signal and the second data. Furthermore, when the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device has a frequency offset, the receiving device can be prevented from converting the adjacent band The signal is received to affect the demodulation performance.
本申请实施例对第一发送参数和第二发送参数的配置侧不作限定。例如,该第一发送参数和第二发送参数可以是基站或卫星站配置的。或者,该第一发送参数和第二发送参数可以是(协议)预先规定或配置的。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the configuration side of the first transmission parameter and the second transmission parameter. For example, the first transmission parameter and the second transmission parameter may be configured by the base station or satellite station. Alternatively, the first transmission parameter and the second transmission parameter may be pre-specified or configured (protocol).
需要说明的是,若发送设备是基站或卫星站,且第一发送参数和第二发送参数是基站或卫星站配置的,发送设备还可以将第一发送参数和第二发送参数发送给接收设备。It should be noted that if the sending device is a base station or a satellite station, and the first sending parameter and the second sending parameter are configured by the base station or the satellite station, the sending device can also send the first sending parameter and the second sending parameter to the receiving device. .
若发送设备不是基站或卫星站,且第一发送参数和第二发送参数是基站或卫星站配置的,基站或卫星站需要向发送设备和/或接收设备发送第一发送参数和第二发送参数。If the sending device is not a base station or a satellite station, and the first sending parameter and the second sending parameter are configured by the base station or satellite station, the base station or satellite station needs to send the first sending parameter and the second sending parameter to the sending device and/or the receiving device. .
本申请对如何配置第一发送参数和第二发送参数的方式不作限定。This application does not limit how to configure the first sending parameter and the second sending parameter.
在一种可实现的方式中,可以通过配置第一发送参数和第二发送参数之间的关系的方式配置第一发送参数和第二发送参数。In an implementable manner, the first sending parameter and the second sending parameter may be configured by configuring a relationship between the first sending parameter and the second sending parameter.
在一个示例中,可以通过配置第一发送参数和第二发送参数之间的大小关系的方式配置第一发送参数和第二发送参数。In one example, the first sending parameter and the second sending parameter may be configured by configuring a size relationship between the first sending parameter and the second sending parameter.
例如,可以通配置:第一频率保护间隔大于第二频率保护间隔;和/或,第一信号的调制阶数低于第二信号的调制阶数;和/或,第一信号的发射功率高于第二信号的发射功率。For example, it can be configured that: the first frequency guard interval is greater than the second frequency guard interval; and/or the modulation order of the first signal is lower than the modulation order of the second signal; and/or the transmit power of the first signal is high. to the transmit power of the second signal.
需要说明的是,上文是以第一发送参数和第二发送参数不一样(参数对应的具体取值不一样)为例进行说明,在另一示例中,第一发送参数和第二发送参数也可以一样,本申请对此不作限定。It should be noted that the above description takes the first sending parameter and the second sending parameter as being different (the specific values corresponding to the parameters are different) as an example. In another example, the first sending parameter and the second sending parameter are different. It can also be the same, and this application does not limit this.
由于第一信号是用于辅助接收设备对接收设备产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正,且接收设备产生的本振信号频偏的存在,因此,将第一信号和第一数据之间的频率保护间隔(相对于第二信号和第二数据之间的频率保护间隔)设置的更大,可以避免相邻频带上正常传输的第一数据进入接收设备对其产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正的电路中,进而以免对接收设备对其产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正的过程造成影响。 Since the first signal is used to assist the receiving device in correcting the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device, and the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device has a frequency offset, the frequency between the first signal and the first data is The guard interval (relative to the frequency guard interval between the second signal and the second data) is set larger to prevent the normally transmitted first data on the adjacent frequency band from entering the receiving device to correct the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal it generates. circuit to avoid affecting the frequency offset correction process of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device.
例如,在通信方法800还包括下文所述的S830-B和S840-B的示例中,接收设备是通过第一滤波器对第一信号和第一本振信号混频后得到的第三信号进行滤波的,那么,将第一信号和第一数据之间的频率保护间隔(相对于第二信号和第二数据之间的频率保护间隔)设置的更大,可以保证相邻频带上正常传输的第一数据不会进入该带宽更大(相对于第二滤波器而言)的第一滤波器的通带中。For example, in an example in which the communication method 800 also includes S830-B and S840-B described below, the receiving device uses a first filter to mix the first signal and the first local oscillator signal to obtain a third signal. filtered, then setting the frequency guard interval between the first signal and the first data (relative to the frequency guard interval between the second signal and the second data) larger can ensure normal transmission on the adjacent frequency band. The first data does not enter the passband of the first filter, which has a larger bandwidth (relative to the second filter).
进一步地,由于第二信号用于指示接收设备进入连接态,并且,在接收设备对其产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正后,得到的本振信号的频偏减小了,因此,将第二信号和第二数据之间的频率保护间隔(相对于第一信号和第一数据之间的频率保护间隔)设置的更小,即可以避免相邻频带上正常传输的第二数据对于接收设备侧对第二信号进行解调的干扰,同时,更小的保护间隔提高了系统资源的利用率、节省频带资源的开销。Further, since the second signal is used to instruct the receiving device to enter the connected state, and after the receiving device performs frequency offset correction on the local oscillator signal generated by it, the frequency offset of the obtained local oscillator signal is reduced, therefore, the third signal is The frequency guard interval between the second signal and the second data (relative to the frequency guard interval between the first signal and the first data) is set smaller to prevent the normal transmission of the second data on the adjacent frequency band from affecting the receiving device. The interference to demodulation of the second signal is eliminated. At the same time, the smaller guard interval improves the utilization of system resources and saves the cost of frequency band resources.
例如,在通信方法800还包括下文所述的S830-B和S840-B的示例中,接收设备是通过第二滤波器,对第二信号和第二本振信号混频后得到的第四信号进行滤波的,且第二本振信号是对第一本振信号进行频偏纠正后得到的信号,那么,即使该第四信号存在残留的频偏,该残留的频偏也是较小的。这样,接收设备侧的第二滤波器的带宽(相对于第一滤波器的带宽)使用较小的带宽便可以完成对第四信号解调的过程。此时,由于接收设备使用较小带宽(相对于第一滤波器的带宽)的第二滤波器来完成对第二信号的解调,那么,从发送端出发,也可以降低第二信号和第二数据之间的频率保护间隔(相对于第一信号和第一数据之间的频率保护间隔),提高系统资源的利用率、节省频带资源的开销。For example, in the example where the communication method 800 also includes S830-B and S840-B described below, the receiving device is a fourth signal obtained by mixing the second signal and the second local oscillator signal through the second filter. filtering is performed, and the second local oscillator signal is a signal obtained by frequency offset correction of the first local oscillator signal, then even if there is a residual frequency offset in the fourth signal, the residual frequency offset is small. In this way, the bandwidth of the second filter on the receiving device side (relative to the bandwidth of the first filter) can be used to complete the demodulation process of the fourth signal using a smaller bandwidth. At this time, since the receiving device uses a second filter with a smaller bandwidth (relative to the bandwidth of the first filter) to complete the demodulation of the second signal, starting from the transmitting end, the second signal and the third signal can also be reduced. The frequency guard interval between the two data (relative to the frequency guard interval between the first signal and the first data) improves the utilization of system resources and saves the cost of frequency band resources.
由于第一信号是用于辅助接收设备对接收设备产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正,且接收设备产生的本振信号频偏的存在,会造成接收设备对第一信号的解调性能下降,因此,将第一信号的调制阶数(相对于第二信号的调制阶数)设置的更小,这样,该第一信号的每个符号(码元)携带的信息越少,接收设备将频率转换为幅值的数量就越少。这样,在相同的区间内,幅值的数量越少,幅值之间的距离就越大,进而该接收设备对第一信号的解调性能就越好。Since the first signal is used to assist the receiving device in correcting the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device, and the existence of the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device will cause the demodulation performance of the first signal to be degraded by the receiving device. Therefore, the modulation order of the first signal (relative to the modulation order of the second signal) is set smaller, so that each symbol (symbol) of the first signal carries less information, and the receiving device changes the frequency The smaller the quantity converted to amplitude. In this way, within the same interval, the smaller the number of amplitudes, the greater the distance between amplitudes, and thus the better the demodulation performance of the first signal by the receiving device.
进一步地,由于第二信号用于指示接收设备进入连接态,并且,在接收设备对其产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正后,得到的本振信号的频偏减小了,因此,将第二信号的调制阶数(相对于第一信号的调制阶数)设置的更大,无需设置的过低,这样,在相同的区间内,即使接收设备采集的第二信号的比特序列的数量较多,也不会影响接收设备对第二信号的解调性能。Further, since the second signal is used to instruct the receiving device to enter the connected state, and after the receiving device performs frequency offset correction on the local oscillator signal generated by it, the frequency offset of the obtained local oscillator signal is reduced, therefore, the third signal is The modulation order of the second signal (relative to the modulation order of the first signal) is set larger and does not need to be set too low. In this way, in the same interval, even if the number of bit sequences of the second signal collected by the receiving device is larger More, it will not affect the demodulation performance of the second signal by the receiving device.
由于第一信号是用于辅助接收设备对接收设备产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正,且接收设备产生的本振信号频偏的存在,会造成接收设备对第一信号的解调性能下降,因此,可以采用更高的发射功率(相对于第二信号的发射功率)来发送第一信号,以便该接收设备可以获取信号强度较强的第一信号,并基于信号强度较强的第一信号获取第一信号的调制信息,进而提高接收设备对第一信号的解调性能。Since the first signal is used to assist the receiving device in correcting the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device, and the existence of the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device will cause the demodulation performance of the first signal to be degraded by the receiving device. Therefore, a higher transmit power (relative to the transmit power of the second signal) can be used to transmit the first signal, so that the receiving device can obtain the first signal with stronger signal strength and receive the signal based on the first signal with stronger signal strength. The modulation information of the first signal is obtained, thereby improving the demodulation performance of the first signal by the receiving device.
由于第二信号用于指示接收设备进入连接态,并且,在接收设备对其产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正后,得到的本振信号的频偏减小了,因此,发送设备无需采用过高的发射功率,采用更低的发射功率(相对于第一信号的发射功率)来发送第二信号,接收设备便可以对第二信号获取到较高的解调性能,从而降低了发送设备的功率开销。Since the second signal is used to instruct the receiving device to enter the connected state, and after the receiving device corrects the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by it, the frequency offset of the obtained local oscillator signal is reduced. Therefore, the sending device does not need to use High transmit power, using lower transmit power (relative to the transmit power of the first signal) to transmit the second signal, the receiving device can obtain higher demodulation performance for the second signal, thus reducing the cost of the sending device Power overhead.
在另一个示例中,可以通过配置第一发送参数和第二发送参数是否一样的方式配置第一发送参数和第二发送参数。 In another example, the first sending parameter and the second sending parameter may be configured by configuring whether the first sending parameter and the second sending parameter are the same.
例如,可以通配置:第一频率保护间隔和第二频率保护间隔不一样;和/或,第一信号的调制阶数和第二信号的调制阶数不一样;和/或,第一信号的发射功率和第二信号的发射功率不一样。For example, it can be configured that: the first frequency guard interval and the second frequency guard interval are different; and/or, the modulation order of the first signal and the modulation order of the second signal are different; and/or, the modulation order of the first signal is different. The transmission power is different from the transmission power of the second signal.
在另一种可实现的方式中,可以通过配置第一发送参数和第二发送参数的具体取值的方式配置第一发送参数和第二发送参数。In another implementable manner, the first sending parameter and the second sending parameter may be configured by configuring specific values of the first sending parameter and the second sending parameter.
示例性地,可以通过配置:第一频率保护间隔为W1,第二频率保护间隔为W2;和/或,第一信号的调制阶数为A1或第一信号为一个单频率信号,第二信号的调制阶数为A2;和/或,第一信号的发射功率为P1,第二信号的发射功率为P2。For example, the configuration can be: the first frequency guard interval is W1, the second frequency guard interval is W2; and/or the modulation order of the first signal is A1 or the first signal is a single frequency signal, and the second signal The modulation order is A2; and/or, the transmission power of the first signal is P1, and the transmission power of the second signal is P2.
需要说明的是,第一发送参数和第二发送参数的类型相同可以理解为:第一发送参数包括的参数类型和第二发送参数包括的参数类型相同。例如,若第一发送参数包括第一信号与第一数据之间的第一频率保护间隔,那么第二发送参数包括第二信号与第二数据之间的第二频率保护间隔。若第一发送参数包括第一信号的调制阶数,那么第二发送参数第二信号的调制阶数。若第一发送参数包括第一信号的发射功率,那么第二发送参数包括第二信号的发射功率。It should be noted that the same type of the first sending parameter and the second sending parameter can be understood as: the parameter type included in the first sending parameter and the parameter type included in the second sending parameter are the same. For example, if the first transmission parameter includes a first frequency guard interval between the first signal and the first data, then the second transmission parameter includes a second frequency guard interval between the second signal and the second data. If the first transmission parameter includes the modulation order of the first signal, then the second transmission parameter includes the modulation order of the second signal. If the first transmission parameter includes the transmission power of the first signal, then the second transmission parameter includes the transmission power of the second signal.
在一个示例中,为了降低接收设备的功耗,通常在该接收设备中设置两个链路。其中,一个链路用于接收正常收发数据,在该链路启动的情况下,该通信装置的耗电量较大;另一个链路在该接收设备处于非连接态时使用,在该另一个链路启动的情况下,该接收设备的耗电量微小。也就是说,为了降低接收设备的功耗,该接收设备可以通过两个链路分别接收信号(如第一信号和第二信号)和数据(如第一数据和第二数据)。In one example, in order to reduce the power consumption of the receiving device, two links are usually provided in the receiving device. Among them, one link is used to receive normal sending and receiving data. When the link is activated, the power consumption of the communication device is relatively large; the other link is used when the receiving device is in a non-connected state. When the link is up, the receiving device consumes very little power. That is, in order to reduce the power consumption of the receiving device, the receiving device may receive signals (such as the first signal and the second signal) and data (such as the first data and the second data) through two links respectively.
具体的,在该接收设备处于非连接态的情况下,该接收设备的第一链路处于工作状态,此时,该接收设备的第二链路处于关闭状态。当该接收设备需要进入连接态的情况下,该接收设备需要首先启动第二链路。例如,在该接收设备处于非连接态的情况下,该接收设备通过第一链路接收第一信号和第二信号,该接收设备在第二信号中接收到用于指示接收数据或进入连接态的指示信息后,该接收设备会触发接收设备启动第二链路,进而在与发送设备交互信息后,该接收设备进入连接态,然后通过第二链路接收第一数据和第二数据。Specifically, when the receiving device is in the non-connected state, the first link of the receiving device is in the working state, and at this time, the second link of the receiving device is in the closed state. When the receiving device needs to enter the connected state, the receiving device needs to start the second link first. For example, when the receiving device is in a non-connected state, the receiving device receives a first signal and a second signal through the first link, and the receiving device receives in the second signal a signal indicating receiving data or entering the connected state. After receiving the instruction information, the receiving device triggers the receiving device to start the second link, and then after exchanging information with the sending device, the receiving device enters the connected state, and then receives the first data and the second data through the second link.
示例性地,上文所述的第一链路还可以称为唤醒链路(wake up radio,WUR),第二链路还可以称为主链路(main radio),本申请对此不作限定。For example, the first link mentioned above can also be called a wake up link (wake up radio, WUR), and the second link can also be called a main link (main radio), which is not limited in this application. .
需要说明的是,该接收设备也可以仅设置一个链路,接收设备也可以通过该一个链路分别接收信号(如第一信号和第二信号)和数据(如第一数据和第二数据),本申请对此不作限定。It should be noted that the receiving device can also be provided with only one link, and the receiving device can also receive signals (such as the first signal and the second signal) and data (such as the first data and the second data) respectively through this one link. , this application does not limit this.
此外,在接收设备设置两个链路(第一链路和第二链路)的示例中,接收设备可以通过该两个链路中的任意一个链路接收发送设备发送的配置参数,本申请实施例对接收设备具体是通过两个链路中的哪个链路接收发送设备发送的配置参数不作限定。示例性地,该配置参数可以包括以下至少一项:第一信号的比特序列、第一信号的比特序列中的每P个比特和第二频差的映射关系、第一信号和第一数据的发送周期、第二信号的比特序列、第二信号的比特序列中的每N个比特和第一频差的映射关系、第一发送参数和第二发送参数、第二信号和第二数据的发送周期。In addition, in the example where the receiving device sets two links (the first link and the second link), the receiving device can receive the configuration parameters sent by the sending device through any one of the two links. This application The embodiment does not limit which link of the two links the receiving device uses to receive the configuration parameters sent by the sending device. Exemplarily, the configuration parameter may include at least one of the following: a bit sequence of the first signal, a mapping relationship between each P bits in the bit sequence of the first signal and the second frequency difference, a mapping relationship between the first signal and the first data. The transmission cycle, the bit sequence of the second signal, the mapping relationship between every N bits in the bit sequence of the second signal and the first frequency difference, the first transmission parameter and the second transmission parameter, the transmission of the second signal and the second data cycle.
应理解,发送设备在发送第二信号前,发送设备需要对第二信号进行调制。It should be understood that before the sending device sends the second signal, the sending device needs to modulate the second signal.
本申请实施例对发送设备对第二信号的调制方式不作限定。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the modulation method of the second signal by the sending device.
可选地,在一个示例中,发送设备可以对第二信号进行频移键控调制。例如,若第二 信号的调制阶数为2,则一个符号可携带1比特的信息。此时,可认为传输的信息的比特包括“0”和“1”组成的序列,发送频率为f3的第二信号可代表传输的是“0”,发送频率为f4的第二信号可代表传输的是“1”,该第二信号的载频为fc2Optionally, in one example, the sending device may perform frequency shift keying modulation on the second signal. For example, if the second The modulation order of the signal is 2, so one symbol can carry 1 bit of information. At this time, it can be considered that the bits of the transmitted information include a sequence of "0" and "1". The second signal transmitted with the frequency f 3 can represent that "0" is transmitted, and the second signal transmitted with the frequency f 4 can represent It means "1" is transmitted, and the carrier frequency of the second signal is f c2 .
在另一个示例中,发送设备对第二信号进行差分调频调制,即第二信号采用差分调频的调制方式。In another example, the sending device performs differential FM modulation on the second signal, that is, the second signal adopts a differential FM modulation method.
具体的,发送设备根据第二信号的序列中的每N个比特所映射的第一频差,对第二信号进行调制。Specifically, the sending device modulates the second signal according to the first frequency difference mapped by every N bits in the sequence of the second signal.
其中,N=log2M,M为第二信号的调制阶数,也就是说,第二信号的序列中的每N个比特映射一个第一频差。第一频差为相邻两个时间单元内第二信号之间的频率差。第i个时间单元的第二信号的频率f(i)=mod[f(i-1)+△f(i),B1],△f(i)为第二信号的序列中第i个第二信号与第(i-1)个第二信号的第一频差,B1为预设的第一带宽值,i为大于1的整数。Among them, N=log 2 M, and M is the modulation order of the second signal. That is to say, every N bits in the sequence of the second signal are mapped to a first frequency difference. The first frequency difference is the frequency difference between the second signal in two adjacent time units. The frequency f(i) of the second signal in the i-th time unit=mod[f(i-1)+Δf(i),B1], where Δf(i) is the i-th second signal in the sequence of the second signal The first frequency difference between the second signal and the (i-1)th second signal, B1 is the preset first bandwidth value, and i is an integer greater than 1.
需要说明的是,当i取2时,f(i-1)=f(1)可以取任意值,本申请实施例对f(1)的具体取值不作限定。It should be noted that when i is 2, f(i-1)=f(1) can take any value, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific value of f(1).
因为前后两个时间单元的时间间隔很短,即使接收设备产生的本振信号存在残余频偏,前后两个时间单元内产生的本振信号的残余频偏可以认为是相同的,这样,发送设备对第二信号采用差分调频调制的方式,接收设备通过对前后两个时间单元内的第二信号的频率相减(即差分调频调制方式),可以把接收设备产生的本振信号的残余的频偏抵消,从而不影响接收设备的解调性能。Because the time interval between the two time units before and after is very short, even if there is a residual frequency offset in the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device, the residual frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated in the two time units before and after can be considered to be the same. In this way, the sending device Using a differential FM modulation method for the second signal, the receiving device can subtract the frequencies of the second signal in the two time units before and after (i.e., the differential FM modulation method), and the residual frequency of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device can be partial cancellation, thus not affecting the demodulation performance of the receiving device.
需要说明的是,第二信号的比特序列,和/或,第二信号的比特序列中的每N个比特和第一频差的映射关系可以是配置的。It should be noted that the mapping relationship between the bit sequence of the second signal and/or the mapping relationship between every N bits in the bit sequence of the second signal and the first frequency difference may be configured.
本申请实施例对该第二信号的比特序列,和/或,第二信号的比特序列中的每N个比特和第一频差的映射关系的配置侧不作限定。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the configuration of the mapping relationship between the bit sequence of the second signal and/or the mapping relationship between every N bits in the bit sequence of the second signal and the first frequency difference.
在一个示例中,第二信号的比特序列,和/或,第二信号的比特序列中的每N个比特和第一频差的映射关系可以是基站或卫星站配置的。In one example, the mapping relationship between the bit sequence of the second signal and/or the mapping relationship between every N bits in the bit sequence of the second signal and the first frequency difference may be configured by the base station or the satellite station.
在该示例中,若发送设备不是基站或卫星站,基站或卫星站需要向发送设备和/或接收设备发送第二信号的比特序列,和/或,第二信号的比特序列中的每N个比特和第一频差的映射关系。In this example, if the sending device is not a base station or a satellite station, the base station or satellite station needs to send the bit sequence of the second signal to the sending device and/or the receiving device, and/or, every N bit sequence of the second signal The mapping relationship between bits and the first frequency difference.
在该示例中,若发送设备是基站或卫星站,发送设备还可以将第二信号的比特序列,和/或,第二信号的比特序列中的每P个比特和第二频差的映射关系发送给接收设备。In this example, if the sending device is a base station or a satellite station, the sending device may also map the bit sequence of the second signal and/or the mapping relationship between each P bits in the bit sequence of the second signal and the second frequency difference. sent to the receiving device.
在另一个示例中,第二信号的比特序列,和/或,第二信号的比特序列中的每N个比特和第一频差的映射关系可以是(协议)预先规定或配置的。In another example, the bit sequence of the second signal, and/or the mapping relationship between every N bits in the bit sequence of the second signal and the first frequency difference may be pre-specified or configured (protocol).
例如,若发送设备采用调制阶数4对第二信号进行差分调频调制,那么传输的第二信号的0/1比特序列可以每两个bit映射到一个码元(symbol)上,每两个bit包括“00”、“01”、“10”和“11”四种可能性。发送设备可以将第二信号的比特序列中每两个bit映射一个第一频差,并根据比特序列中每两个bit映射的第一频差,对第二信号进行调制。For example, if the sending device uses modulation order 4 to perform differential FM modulation on the second signal, then the 0/1 bit sequence of the transmitted second signal can be mapped to a symbol (symbol) every two bits, and every two bits Including four possibilities: "00", "01", "10" and "11". The sending device may map every two bits in the bit sequence of the second signal to a first frequency difference, and modulate the second signal according to the first frequency difference mapped to every two bits in the bit sequence.
表3为本申请实施例提供的一例比特序列中每两个bit和第一频差的映射关系。Table 3 is an example of the mapping relationship between each two bits in the bit sequence and the first frequency difference provided by the embodiment of the present application.
需要说明的是,表3仅为示例,其不应对本申请构成限制。本申请实施例对比特序列中每两个bit映射的第一频差的取值不作限定。 It should be noted that Table 3 is only an example, and it should not limit this application. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the value of the first frequency difference mapped to every two bits in the bit sequence.
表3
table 3
例如,作出以下假设:(1)发送设备传输的第二信号的比特序列为:“01100011”;(2)当i取2时,f(i-1)=f(1)=20kHz,此时,f(1)可以称为第二信号的初始频率;(3)B1=200kHz;(4)比特序列中每两个bit和第一频差的映射关系为表1所示的映射关系。那么,发送设备需要根据第二信号的比特序列,对第二信号进行调制,具体过程如下:For example, the following assumptions are made: (1) The bit sequence of the second signal transmitted by the sending device is: "01100011"; (2) When i is 2, f(i-1)=f(1)=20kHz, at this time , f(1) can be called the initial frequency of the second signal; (3) B1 = 200 kHz; (4) The mapping relationship between every two bits in the bit sequence and the first frequency difference is the mapping relationship shown in Table 1. Then, the sending device needs to modulate the second signal according to the bit sequence of the second signal. The specific process is as follows:
S1:发送设备对第二信号的比特序列中第一个bit(“0”)和第二个bit(“1”)对应的符号所传输的第二信号进行调制后,得到的频率为20kHz(初始频率)+50kHz(第一个bit(“0”)和第二个bit(“1”)所映射的第一频差)=70kHz。S1: After the sending device modulates the second signal transmitted by the symbols corresponding to the first bit ("0") and the second bit ("1") in the bit sequence of the second signal, the obtained frequency is 20kHz ( Initial frequency) + 50kHz (the first frequency difference mapped by the first bit (“0”) and the second bit (“1”)) = 70kHz.
S2:发送设备对第二信号的比特序列中第三个bit(“1”)和第四个bit(“0”)对应的符号所传输的第二信号进行调制后,得到的频率为70kHz(第一个bit(“0”)和第二个bit(“1”)对应的符号所传输的第二信号调制后的频率)+100kHz(第三个bit(“1”)和第四个bit(“0”)所映射的第一频差)=170kHz。S2: After the sending device modulates the second signal transmitted by the symbols corresponding to the third bit ("1") and the fourth bit ("0") in the bit sequence of the second signal, the obtained frequency is 70kHz ( The modulated frequency of the second signal transmitted by the symbols corresponding to the first bit ("0") and the second bit ("1")) + 100kHz (the third bit ("1") and the fourth bit (First frequency difference mapped by "0") = 170 kHz.
S3:发送设备对第二信号的比特序列中第五个bit(“0”)和第六个bit(“0”)对应的符号所传输的第二信号进行调制后,得到的频率为170kHz(第三个bit(“1”)和第四个bit(“0”)对应的符号所传输的第二信号调制后的频率)+0kHz(第五个bit(“0”)和第六个bit(“0”)所映射的第一频差)=170kHz。S3: After the sending device modulates the second signal transmitted by the symbols corresponding to the fifth bit ("0") and the sixth bit ("0") in the bit sequence of the second signal, the obtained frequency is 170kHz ( The modulated frequency of the second signal transmitted by the symbol corresponding to the third bit ("1") and the fourth bit ("0")) + 0kHz (the fifth bit ("0") and the sixth bit (First frequency difference mapped by "0") = 170 kHz.
S4:发送设备对第二信号的比特序列中第七个bit(“1”)和第八个bit(“1”)对应的符号所传输的第二信号进行调制后,得到的频率为170kHz(第五个bit(“0”)和第六个bit(“0”)调制后的频率)+150kHz(第七个bit(“1”)和第八个bit(“1”)所映射的第一频差)=320kHz。但是,由于320kHz超过了预设的第一带宽值B1,因此,需要根据f(i)=mod[f(i-1)+△f1(i),B1],对第二信号的比特序列中第七个bit(“1”)和第八个bit(“1”)对应的符号所传输的第二信号调制后的频率进行调整,最终第二信号的比特序列中第七个bit(“1”)和第八个bit(“1”)对应的符号所传输的第二信号调制后的频率为mod[320,200]=120kHz。S4: After the sending device modulates the second signal transmitted by the symbols corresponding to the seventh bit ("1") and the eighth bit ("1") in the bit sequence of the second signal, the obtained frequency is 170kHz ( The fifth bit ("0") and the sixth bit ("0") modulated frequency) + 150kHz (the seventh bit ("1") and the eighth bit ("1") mapped One frequency difference)=320kHz. However, since 320kHz exceeds the preset first bandwidth value B1, it is necessary to modify the bit sequence of the second signal according to f(i)=mod[f(i-1)+Δf 1 (i), B1] The modulated frequency of the second signal transmitted by the symbols corresponding to the seventh bit ("1") and the eighth bit ("1") is adjusted, and finally the seventh bit ("1") and the eighth bit ("1"), the modulated frequency of the second signal transmitted is mod[320,200]=120kHz.
这样,发送设备对传输的第二信号的比特序列进行调制后的频率如表4所示。In this way, the frequency after the transmitting device modulates the bit sequence of the transmitted second signal is as shown in Table 4.
表4

Table 4

需要说明的是,发送设备发送第二信号的比特序列可以是发送设备发送给接收设备的信息bit,或者,发送设备发送第二信号的比特序列可以是预先规定或配置的,本申请对此不作限定。It should be noted that the bit sequence for sending the second signal by the sending device may be the information bits sent by the sending device to the receiving device, or the bit sequence for sending the second signal by the sending device may be predetermined or configured, and this application does not make any reference to this. limited.
本申请实施例对该第二信号和第二数据的发送方式不作限定。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the sending method of the second signal and the second data.
在一个示例中,发送设备可以周期性地发送第二信号和第二数据。相应地,接收设备接可以周期性地接收发送设备发送的第二信号和第二数据。In one example, the sending device may periodically send the second signal and the second data. Correspondingly, the receiving device may periodically receive the second signal and the second data sent by the sending device.
示例性地,发送设备发送第二信号和第二数据的周期可以是发送设备通知接收设备的,或者,发送设备发送第二信号和第二数据的周期可以是预先规定或配置的,本申请实施例对此不作限定。For example, the period in which the sending device sends the second signal and the second data may be notified by the sending device to the receiving device, or the period in which the sending device sends the second signal and the second data may be predetermined or configured. This application implements This example does not limit this.
本申请实施例对发送第二信号和第二数据的周期的取值不作限定,其可以根据实际情况而定。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the value of the period for sending the second signal and the second data, and it can be determined according to the actual situation.
图9为本申请实施例提供的一例发送设备发送第一信号、第一数据、第二信号和第二数据的示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of an example of a sending device sending a first signal, first data, a second signal and a second data according to an embodiment of the present application.
如图9所示,在一个周期T内,发送设备可以先发第一信号,后发第二信号。第一信号和第一数据之间的频率保护间隔为△f1,第二信号和第二数据之间的频率保护间隔为△f2,且△f1>△f2As shown in Figure 9, within a period T, the sending device can send the first signal first and then the second signal. The frequency guard interval between the first signal and the first data is Δf 1 , the frequency guard interval between the second signal and the second data is Δf 2 , and Δf 1 > Δf 2 .
需要说明的是,本申请实施例对S810和S820之间时间间隔不作限定。例如,发送设备在发送完第一信号和第一数据之后,随即发送第二信号为例进行说明,其不应对本申请构成限制。例如,发送设备也可以在没有发送完第一信号之后,便发送第二信号;或者,发送设备也可以在发送完第一信号之后,停一段时间,再发送第二信号。It should be noted that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the time interval between S810 and S820. For example, the sending device sends the second signal immediately after sending the first signal and the first data. This should not limit the present application. For example, the sending device may send the second signal after sending the first signal; or the sending device may stop for a period of time after sending the first signal and then send the second signal.
可选地,接收设备在接收到第一信号和第二信号之后,接收设备还可以对第一信号和第二信号进行进一步处理。Optionally, after the receiving device receives the first signal and the second signal, the receiving device may further process the first signal and the second signal.
在一个示例中,接收设备包括第一支路和第二支路,第一支路包括第一频率幅值转换器,第二支路包括第二频率幅值转换器,第二频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间小于第一频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间。In one example, the receiving device includes a first branch and a second branch, the first branch includes a first frequency amplitude converter, the second branch includes a second frequency amplitude converter, and the second frequency amplitude converter The linear working range corresponding to the converter is smaller than the linear working range corresponding to the first frequency amplitude converter.
可选地,若第一频率幅值转换器内部结构和第二频率幅值转换器的内部结构均如由上文图5所示的FM-AM转换器的内部结构,此时,可以通过FM-AM转换器的相位移动模块的频率-幅值转换曲线的斜率来设定第一频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间和第二频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间。Optionally, if the internal structure of the first frequency amplitude converter and the internal structure of the second frequency amplitude converter are the same as the internal structure of the FM-AM converter shown in Figure 5 above, at this time, the FM can be used - The slope of the frequency-amplitude conversion curve of the phase shift module of the AM converter is used to set the linear working interval corresponding to the first frequency-amplitude converter and the linear working interval corresponding to the second frequency-amplitude converter.
例如,如图10所示,理想转换曲线1是第一频率相位曲线对应的理想转换曲线,实际转换曲线1是第一频率相位曲线对应的际转换曲线;理想转换曲线2是第二频率相位曲线对应的理想转换曲线,实际转换曲线2是第二频率相位曲线对应的际转换曲线。由此可见,实际转换曲线2的斜率大于实际转换曲线1,但是实际转换曲线2对应的线性工作区间小于实际转换曲线1。因此,可以根据频率-幅值转换曲线的斜率来设定频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间。For example, as shown in Figure 10, the ideal conversion curve 1 is the ideal conversion curve corresponding to the first frequency phase curve, the actual conversion curve 1 is the actual conversion curve corresponding to the first frequency phase curve; the ideal conversion curve 2 is the second frequency phase curve The corresponding ideal conversion curve, actual conversion curve 2 is the actual conversion curve corresponding to the second frequency phase curve. It can be seen that the slope of the actual conversion curve 2 is greater than the actual conversion curve 1, but the linear working interval corresponding to the actual conversion curve 2 is smaller than the actual conversion curve 1. Therefore, the corresponding linear working range of the frequency-amplitude converter can be set according to the slope of the frequency-amplitude conversion curve.
具体的,第一频率幅值转换器包括第一相位移动单元,第一相位移动单元基于第一频率相位曲线将不同频率的信号进行不同相位的移动;第二频率幅值转换器包括第二相位移动单元,第二相位移动单元基于第二频率相位曲线将不同频率的信号进行不同相位的移动, 第二频率相位曲线的斜率大于第一频率相位曲线的斜率。Specifically, the first frequency-amplitude converter includes a first phase moving unit, which moves signals of different frequencies into different phases based on the first frequency phase curve; the second frequency-amplitude converter includes a second phase The moving unit, the second phase moving unit moves signals of different frequencies into different phases based on the second frequency phase curve, The slope of the second frequency phase curve is greater than the slope of the first frequency phase curve.
例如,若理想情况下,第一本振信号和第一信号混频之后的信号的频率为f1、f2、f3、f4,但是,在实际情况中,第一本振信号存在频偏且频偏为△f,那么第一本振信号和第一信号混频之后的信号的频率变为f1+△f、f2+△f、f3+△f、f4+△f。如图10所示,f1+△f、f2+△f、f3+△f、f4+△f都在实际转换曲线1的线性区间[f21,f22]内,这样,f1+△f、f2+△f、f3+△f、f4+△f中相邻的两个频率之间的频率间隔是相同的,使用实际转换曲线2得到的幅值e1”、e2”、e3”、e4”中相邻两个幅值之间的间隔也相同。虽然相比于图6所示的理想的幅值,因为频偏的存在,图10所示的实际得到的幅值发生了整体的偏移,但是因为仍然在第一频率幅值转换器811对应的线性工作区间内,因此,后续基于e1”、e2”、e3”、e4”的偏移大小和实际转换曲线1的斜率,也能够比较准确地对第一本振信号进行频偏纠正。For example, under ideal circumstances, the frequencies of the signals after mixing the first local oscillator signal and the first signal are f 1 , f 2 , f 3 , and f 4 . However, in actual situations, the first local oscillator signal has frequencies offset and the frequency offset is △f, then the frequency of the signal after mixing the first local oscillator signal and the first signal becomes f 1 + △f, f 2 + △f, f 3 + △f, f 4 + △f . As shown in Figure 10, f 1 + △f, f 2 + △f, f 3 + △f, f 4 + △f are all within the linear interval [f 21 , f 22 ] of the actual conversion curve 1. In this way, f The frequency intervals between two adjacent frequencies in 1 +△f, f 2 +△f, f 3 +△f, f 4 +△f are the same, and the amplitude e 1 obtained by using the actual conversion curve 2 is , e 2 ”, e 3 ”, e 4 ”, the intervals between two adjacent amplitudes are also the same. Although compared with the ideal amplitude shown in Figure 6, due to the existence of frequency offset, the actually obtained amplitude shown in Figure 10 has an overall offset, but because it is still corresponding to the first frequency amplitude converter 811 is within the linear working range of Partially corrected.
此外,由于实际转换曲线2的斜率大于实际转换曲线1的斜率,这样,基于实际转换曲线2转换的幅值之间的欧氏距离大于基于实际转换曲线1转换的幅值之间的欧氏距离。此外,由于相同区间内,欧氏距离越近的话,解调的抗噪声能力越差。因此,采用实际转换曲线2对第四信号进行解调的过程中,由于幅值之间的欧氏距离相对较远,因此便可以获得较高的解调性能。In addition, since the slope of the actual conversion curve 2 is greater than the slope of the actual conversion curve 1, the Euclidean distance between the amplitudes converted based on the actual conversion curve 2 is greater than the Euclidean distance between the amplitudes converted based on the actual conversion curve 1 . In addition, within the same interval, the closer the Euclidean distance is, the worse the anti-noise capability of demodulation is. Therefore, in the process of demodulating the fourth signal using the actual conversion curve 2, since the Euclidean distance between the amplitudes is relatively far, higher demodulation performance can be obtained.
在该示例中,该通信方法800还包括S830-A和S840-A。下面详细介绍S830-A和S840-A。In this example, the communication method 800 also includes S830-A and S840-A. The following introduces S830-A and S840-A in detail.
S830-A,接收设备通过第一频率幅值转换器得到第三信号的第一幅值信息,第三信号是第一信号和第一本振信号混频后得到的信号。S830-A, the receiving device obtains the first amplitude information of the third signal through the first frequency amplitude converter. The third signal is a signal obtained by mixing the first signal and the first local oscillator signal.
可选地,在一个示例中,若第一信号携带了内容,接收设备还可以通过该第一支路对第三信号进行解调,具体的,通过第三信号的第一幅值信息得到第三信号的调制信息。Optionally, in an example, if the first signal carries content, the receiving device can also demodulate the third signal through the first branch. Specifically, obtain the third signal through the first amplitude information of the third signal. Modulation information of three signals.
本申请实施例对如何根据第一幅值信息得到第三信号的调制信息不作限定。The embodiments of the present application do not limit how to obtain the modulation information of the third signal based on the first amplitude information.
在一个示例中,若发送设备对第一信号进行频移键控调制,即第一信号采用调频的调制方式,那么,该根据第三信号的第一幅值信息,便可得到第三信号所携带的调制信息。In one example, if the sending device performs frequency shift keying modulation on the first signal, that is, the first signal adopts a frequency modulation modulation method, then based on the first amplitude information of the third signal, the third signal can be obtained. carried modulation information.
在另一个示例中,若发送设备对第一信号进行差分调频调制,即第一信号采用差分调频的调制方式,那么,该该第一支路先根据第三信号的第一幅值信息,获取相邻时间单元内传输的第三信号的频差,其中第j个时间单元内所传输的第三信号的频率f(j)=mod[f(j-1)+△f1(j),B3],所述△f1(j)为所述第三信号的序列中第j个所述第三信号与第(j-1)个所述第三信号的频差,所述B3为预设的第三带宽值,所述j为大于1的整数;然后根据第三信号的频差,获取第三信号所携带的调制信息。In another example, if the sending device performs differential FM modulation on the first signal, that is, the first signal adopts the differential FM modulation method, then the first branch first obtains based on the first amplitude information of the third signal. The frequency difference of the third signal transmitted in adjacent time units, where the frequency of the third signal transmitted in the jth time unit f(j)=mod[f(j-1)+Δf 1 (j), B3], the △f 1 (j) is the frequency difference between the jth third signal and the (j-1)th third signal in the sequence of the third signal, and the B3 is the preset Assume a third bandwidth value, and j is an integer greater than 1; then, according to the frequency difference of the third signal, the modulation information carried by the third signal is obtained.
需要说明的是,当j取2时,f(j-1)=f(1)可以取任意值,本申请实施例对f(1)的具体取值不作限定。It should be noted that when j is 2, f(j-1)=f(1) can take any value, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific value of f(1).
因为前后两个时间单元的时间间隔很短,即使接收设备产生的本振信号存在残余频偏,前后两个时间单元内产生的本振信号的残余频偏可以认为是相同的,这样,接收设备通过对前后两个时间单元内的第三信号的频率相减(即差分调频调制方式),可以把接收设备产生的本振信号的残余的频偏抵消,从而不影响接收设备的解调性能。Because the time interval between the two time units before and after is very short, even if the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving equipment has residual frequency offset, the residual frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated in the two time units before and after can be considered to be the same. In this way, the receiving equipment By subtracting the frequencies of the third signal in the two time units before and after (that is, the differential FM modulation method), the residual frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device can be offset, thereby not affecting the demodulation performance of the receiving device.
可选地,在一个示例中,该第一支路还包括包络或幅值检测模块,将第一幅值信息输入包络或幅值检测模块便可得到第三信号的调制信息。Optionally, in one example, the first branch further includes an envelope or amplitude detection module, and the modulation information of the third signal can be obtained by inputting the first amplitude information into the envelope or amplitude detection module.
例如,若发送设备根据表1对第一信号的比特序列进行差分调频调制,得到表2所示的第一信号的比特序列中每1个比特的频率。那么,该接收设备对第三信号(第二信号和 第二本振信号混频后的信号)进行解调的过程包括:For example, if the sending device performs differential FM modulation on the bit sequence of the first signal according to Table 1, the frequency of each bit in the bit sequence of the first signal shown in Table 2 is obtained. Then, the receiving device responds to the third signal (the second signal and The process of demodulating the mixed signal of the second local oscillator signal) includes:
S1,根据第三信号的第三幅值信息,可得到第三信号的四个符号对应的频率依次为:50kHz、150kHz、70kHz、70kHz。其中,四个符号包括:第一个bit(“0”)对应的符号、第二个bit(“1”)对应的符号、第三个bit(“1”)对应的符号和第四个bit(“0”)对应的符号。S1, according to the third amplitude information of the third signal, it can be obtained that the frequencies corresponding to the four symbols of the third signal are: 50kHz, 150kHz, 70kHz, and 70kHz. Among them, the four symbols include: the symbol corresponding to the first bit ("0"), the symbol corresponding to the second bit ("1"), the symbol corresponding to the third bit ("1") and the fourth bit ("0") corresponding symbol.
S2,获取相邻时间单元内传输的第三信号的频差,即获取第三信号的比特序列中相邻两个符号所传输的第二信号的频差,并根据第一信号的比特序列中每一个bit和第二频差的映射关系获取调制信息。其中,由于发送设备是按照表2对第一信号进行调制的,故这里的第一信号的比特序列中每一个bit和第二频差的映射关系是按照表2查找的。S2, obtain the frequency difference of the third signal transmitted in adjacent time units, that is, obtain the frequency difference of the second signal transmitted by two adjacent symbols in the bit sequence of the third signal, and calculate the frequency difference according to the bit sequence of the first signal. The mapping relationship between each bit and the second frequency difference obtains the modulation information. Among them, since the sending device modulates the first signal according to Table 2, the mapping relationship between each bit in the bit sequence of the first signal and the second frequency difference is found according to Table 2.
具体的,第三信号的第一个符号所传输的第三信号与第一信号的初始频率的频差为:50kHz-50kHz=0kHz。根据表1可知,频差50kHz对应“0”bit。Specifically, the frequency difference between the third signal transmitted by the first symbol of the third signal and the initial frequency of the first signal is: 50kHz-50kHz=0kHz. According to Table 1, it can be seen that a frequency difference of 50kHz corresponds to the "0" bit.
第三信号的第二个符号所传输的第三信号与第三信号中第一个符号所传输的第三信号的频差为:150kHz-50kHz=100kHz。根据表1可知,频差100kHz对应“1”bit。The frequency difference between the third signal transmitted by the second symbol of the third signal and the third signal transmitted by the first symbol of the third signal is: 150kHz-50kHz=100kHz. According to Table 1, it can be seen that a frequency difference of 100kHz corresponds to "1" bit.
由于第三信号的比特序列中第三个符号所传输的第三信号的频率小于第三信号的比特序列中第二个符号所传输的第三信号的频率,故发送设备在对该第三信号的比特序列中第三个符号所传输的第三信号进行调制的过程中,对其频率进行了调整,因此,该接收设备需要根据f(j)=mod[f(j-1)+△f1(j),B2],对其进行恢复。具体的,第三信号的比特序列中第三个符号所传输的第三信号的频率与第三信号的比特序列中第二符号所传输的第三信号的频差为:70kHz+180kHz-150kHz=100kHz。根据表3可知,频差150kHz对应“1”bit。Since the frequency of the third signal transmitted by the third symbol in the bit sequence of the third signal is smaller than the frequency of the third signal transmitted by the second symbol in the bit sequence of the third signal, the transmitting device responds to the third signal During the modulation process of the third signal transmitted by the third symbol in the bit sequence, its frequency is adjusted. Therefore, the receiving device needs to adjust the frequency according to f(j)=mod[f(j-1)+Δf 1 (j),B2], restore it. Specifically, the frequency difference between the frequency of the third signal transmitted by the third symbol in the bit sequence of the third signal and the frequency of the third signal transmitted by the second symbol in the bit sequence of the third signal is: 70kHz+180kHz-150kHz= 100kHz. According to Table 3, it can be seen that a frequency difference of 150kHz corresponds to "1" bit.
第三信号的比特序列中第四个符号所传输的第三信号与第三信号的比特序列中第三个符号所传输的第三信号的频差为:70kHz-70kHz=0kHz。根据表3可知,频差0kHz对应“0”bit。The frequency difference between the third signal transmitted by the fourth symbol in the bit sequence of the third signal and the third signal transmitted by the third symbol in the bit sequence of the third signal is: 70kHz-70kHz=0kHz. According to Table 3, it can be seen that the frequency difference of 0kHz corresponds to the "0" bit.
这样,该接收设备得到的第三信号的比特序列为:“0”、“1”、“1”、“0”,进而完成对第三信号的解调。In this way, the bit sequence of the third signal obtained by the receiving device is: "0", "1", "1", "0", thereby completing the demodulation of the third signal.
S840-A,接收设备通过第二支路对第四信号进行解调,第四信号是第二信号和第二本振信号混频后得到的信号,第二本振信号是基于第一幅值信息对第一本振信号进行频偏纠正后得到的信号。S840-A, the receiving device demodulates the fourth signal through the second branch. The fourth signal is the signal obtained by mixing the second signal and the second local oscillator signal. The second local oscillator signal is based on the first amplitude The signal obtained by correcting the frequency offset of the first local oscillator signal.
示例性地,接收设备得到第二本振信号的过程可以包括:接收设备先根据第一幅值信息和第一理想幅值信息,得到第一频偏值。然后,接收设备根据第一频偏值对第一本振信号进行频偏纠正,便可得到第二本振信号。For example, the process for the receiving device to obtain the second local oscillator signal may include: the receiving device first obtains the first frequency offset value based on the first amplitude information and the first ideal amplitude information. Then, the receiving device performs frequency offset correction on the first local oscillator signal according to the first frequency offset value to obtain the second local oscillator signal.
可选地,在一个示例中,该接收设备还可以包括频偏估计模块和本地晶振。接收设备得到第二本振信号的过程具体可以包括:第一频率幅值转换器向频偏估计模块发送第一幅值信息,频偏估计模块根据第一幅值信息和第一理想幅值信息得到第一频偏值,并向本地晶振发送第一频偏值;本地晶振根据第一频偏值,对第一本振信号进行频偏纠正,得到第二本振信号。Optionally, in an example, the receiving device may also include a frequency offset estimation module and a local crystal oscillator. The process of the receiving device obtaining the second local oscillator signal may specifically include: the first frequency amplitude converter sends the first amplitude information to the frequency offset estimation module, and the frequency offset estimation module determines the first amplitude information based on the first amplitude information and the first ideal amplitude information. The first frequency offset value is obtained and sent to the local crystal oscillator; the local crystal oscillator performs frequency offset correction on the first local oscillator signal according to the first frequency offset value to obtain the second local oscillator signal.
其中,第一理想幅值信息可以理解为,在第一本振信号不存在频偏的情况下,第一信号和第一本振信号混频后的第三信号对应的幅值信息。The first ideal amplitude information can be understood as the amplitude information corresponding to the third signal after mixing the first signal and the first local oscillator signal when there is no frequency offset in the first local oscillator signal.
需要说明的是,该第一理想幅值信息可以是发送设备发送给接收设备,或者,该第一理想幅值信息也可以是接收设备根据第一信号的发送频率和第一频率幅值转换曲线的斜 率计算出来的。It should be noted that the first ideal amplitude information can be sent by the transmitting device to the receiving device, or the first ideal amplitude information can also be the conversion curve of the receiving device according to the sending frequency and the first frequency amplitude of the first signal. the slope rate calculated.
可选地,接收设备通过第二支路对第四信号进行解调包括:接收设备通过第二支路的第二频率幅值转换器得到第四信号的第三幅值信息,并根据第三幅值信息得到第四信号的调制信息。Optionally, the receiving device demodulating the fourth signal through the second branch includes: the receiving device obtains the third amplitude information of the fourth signal through the second frequency amplitude converter of the second branch, and obtains the third amplitude information of the fourth signal according to the third The amplitude information obtains the modulation information of the fourth signal.
本申请实施例对如何根据第三幅值信息得到第四信号的调制信息不作限定。The embodiments of the present application do not limit how to obtain the modulation information of the fourth signal based on the third amplitude information.
在一个示例中,若发送设备对第二信号进行频移键控调制,即第二信号采用调频的调制方式,那么,该第二支路根据第四信号的第三幅值信息,便可得到第四信号所携带的调制信息。In one example, if the sending device performs frequency shift keying modulation on the second signal, that is, the second signal adopts frequency modulation modulation method, then the second branch can obtain based on the third amplitude information of the fourth signal. Modulation information carried by the fourth signal.
在另一个示例中,若发送设备对第二信号进行差分调频调制,即第二信号采用差分调频的调制方式,那么,该第二支路先根据第四信号的第三幅值信息,获取相邻时间单元内传输的第四信号的频差,其中第i个时间单元内所传输的第四信号的频率f(i)=mod[f(i-1)+△f1(i,B1],所述△f1(i)为所述第四信号的序列中第i个所述第四信号与第(i-1)个所述第四信号的频差,所述B1为预设的第一带宽值,i为大于1的整数;然后根据第四信号的频差,获取第四信号所携带的调制信息。In another example, if the sending device performs differential FM modulation on the second signal, that is, the second signal adopts the differential FM modulation method, then the second branch first obtains the phase information based on the third amplitude information of the fourth signal. The frequency difference of the fourth signal transmitted in adjacent time units, where the frequency of the fourth signal transmitted in the i-th time unit f(i)=mod[f(i-1)+Δf 1 (i,B1] , the Δf 1 (i) is the frequency difference between the i-th fourth signal and the (i-1)-th fourth signal in the sequence of the fourth signals, and the B1 is a preset The first bandwidth value, i is an integer greater than 1; then the modulation information carried by the fourth signal is obtained according to the frequency difference of the fourth signal.
需要说明的是,当i取2时,f(i-1)=f(1)可以取任意值,本申请实施例对f(1)的具体取值不作限定。It should be noted that when i is 2, f(i-1)=f(1) can take any value, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific value of f(1).
例如,若发送设备根据表3对第二信号的比特序列进行差分调频调制,得到表4所示的第二信号的比特序列中每两个bit的频率。那么,该接收设备对第四信号(第二信号和第二本振信号混频后的信号)进行解调的过程包括:For example, if the sending device performs differential FM modulation on the bit sequence of the second signal according to Table 3, the frequency of each two bits in the bit sequence of the second signal shown in Table 4 is obtained. Then, the process of demodulating the fourth signal (the signal after mixing the second signal and the second local oscillator signal) by the receiving device includes:
S1’,根据第四信号的第三幅值信息,可得到第四信号的四个符号对应的频率依次为:70kHz、170kHz、170kHz、120kHz。其中,四个符号包括:第一个bit(“0”)和第二个bit(“1”)对应的符号、第三个bit(“1”)和第四个bit(“0”)对应的符号、第五个bit(“0”)和第六个bit(“0”)对应的符号、以及第七个bit(“1”)和第八个bit(“1”)对应的符号。S1', according to the third amplitude information of the fourth signal, it can be obtained that the frequencies corresponding to the four symbols of the fourth signal are: 70kHz, 170kHz, 170kHz, and 120kHz. Among them, the four symbols include: the symbol corresponding to the first bit ("0") and the second bit ("1"), the symbol corresponding to the third bit ("1") and the fourth bit ("0") The symbol of , the symbol corresponding to the fifth bit ("0") and the sixth bit ("0"), and the symbol corresponding to the seventh bit ("1") and the eighth bit ("1").
S2’,获取相邻时间单元内传输的第四信号的频差,即获取第四信号的比特序列中相邻两个符号所传输的第二信号的频差,并根据第二信号的比特序列中每两个bit和第一频差的映射关系获取调制信息。其中,由于发送设备是按照表1对第二信号进行调制的,故这里的第二信号的比特序列中每两个bit和第一频差的映射关系是按照表1查找的。S2', obtain the frequency difference of the fourth signal transmitted in adjacent time units, that is, obtain the frequency difference of the second signal transmitted by two adjacent symbols in the bit sequence of the fourth signal, and obtain the frequency difference according to the bit sequence of the second signal. The modulation information is obtained from the mapping relationship between each two bits and the first frequency difference. Since the sending device modulates the second signal according to Table 1, the mapping relationship between each two bits in the bit sequence of the second signal and the first frequency difference is found according to Table 1.
具体的,第四信号的第一符号所传输的第四信号与第二信号的初始频率的频差为:70kHz-20kHz=50kHz。根据表1可知,频差50kHz对应“01”bit。Specifically, the frequency difference between the fourth signal transmitted by the first symbol of the fourth signal and the initial frequency of the second signal is: 70kHz-20kHz=50kHz. According to Table 1, it can be seen that the frequency difference of 50kHz corresponds to the "01" bit.
第四信号的第二个符号所传输的第四信号与第四信号中第一个符号所传输的第四信号的频差为:170kHz-70kHz=150kHz。根据表1可知,频差150kHz对应“11”bit。The frequency difference between the fourth signal transmitted by the second symbol of the fourth signal and the fourth signal transmitted by the first symbol of the fourth signal is: 170kHz-70kHz=150kHz. According to Table 1, it can be seen that the frequency difference of 150kHz corresponds to "11" bit.
第四信号的比特序列中第三个符号所传输的第四信号与第四信号的第二符号所传输的第四信号的频差为:170kHz-170kHz=0kHz。根据表1可知,频差0kHz对应“00”bit。The frequency difference between the fourth signal transmitted by the third symbol in the bit sequence of the fourth signal and the fourth signal transmitted by the second symbol of the fourth signal is: 170kHz-170kHz=0kHz. According to Table 1, it can be seen that the frequency difference of 0kHz corresponds to the "00" bit.
由于第四信号的比特序列中第四个符号所传输的第四信号的频率小于第四信号的比特序列中第三个符号所传输的第四信号的频率,故发送设备在对该第四信号的第四个符号所传输的第四信号进行调制的过程中,对其频率进行了调整,因此,该通信装置800需要根据f(i)=mod[f(i-1)+△f1(i),B1],对其进行恢复。具体的,第四信号的比特序列中第四个符号所传输的第四信号的频率与第四信号的比特序列中第三个符号所传输的第四 信号的频差为:120kHz+200kHz-170kHz=150kHz。根据表1可知,频差150kHz对应“11”bit。Since the frequency of the fourth signal transmitted by the fourth symbol in the bit sequence of the fourth signal is smaller than the frequency of the fourth signal transmitted by the third symbol in the bit sequence of the fourth signal, the transmitting device responds to the fourth signal During the modulation process of the fourth signal transmitted by the fourth symbol, its frequency is adjusted. Therefore, the communication device 800 needs to adjust the frequency according to f(i)=mod[f(i-1)+Δf 1 ( i),B1], restore it. Specifically, the frequency of the fourth signal transmitted by the fourth symbol in the bit sequence of the fourth signal is the same as the frequency of the fourth signal transmitted by the third symbol in the bit sequence of the fourth signal. The frequency difference of the signal is: 120kHz+200kHz-170kHz=150kHz. According to Table 1, it can be seen that the frequency difference of 150kHz corresponds to "11" bit.
这样,该通信装置800得到的第四信号的比特序列为:“01”、“10”、“00”、“11”,进而完成对第四信号的解调。In this way, the bit sequence of the fourth signal obtained by the communication device 800 is: "01", "10", "00", and "11", thereby completing the demodulation of the fourth signal.
根据上文S830-A和S840-A的相关描述可知,该接收设备先通过第一支路的第一频率幅值转换器,得到第一信号和第一本振信号混频后的第三信号的第一幅值信息。然后,该接收设备再通过第二支路对第二本振信号和第二信号混频后的第四信号进行解调,其中第二本振信号是基于第一幅值信息对第一本振信号进行频偏纠正后得到的信号。由于第一本振信号存在频偏,这样,将第一支路的第一频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间设置的比第二频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间大,可以使得第一信号和第一本振信号混频后的第三信号的频率不会超出第一频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间,进而第一频率幅值转换器可以准确地得到第三信号的第一幅值信息,以便后续基于第一幅值信息对第一本振信号进行准确地频偏纠正。According to the relevant descriptions of S830-A and S840-A above, it can be seen that the receiving device first passes through the first frequency amplitude converter of the first branch to obtain the third signal after mixing the first signal and the first local oscillator signal. The first amplitude information. Then, the receiving device demodulates the second local oscillator signal and the fourth signal after mixing the second signal through the second branch, where the second local oscillator signal is based on the first amplitude information. The signal obtained after frequency offset correction of the signal. Since the first local oscillator signal has a frequency offset, setting the linear working range corresponding to the first frequency amplitude converter of the first branch to be larger than the linear working range corresponding to the second frequency amplitude converter can make the third The frequency of the third signal after mixing the first signal and the first local oscillator signal will not exceed the linear working range corresponding to the first frequency amplitude converter, so that the first frequency amplitude converter can accurately obtain the third signal of the third signal. One amplitude information is used to accurately correct the frequency offset of the first local oscillator signal based on the first amplitude information.
进一步地,该接收设备通过第二支路,对第二本振信号和第二信号混频后的第四信号进行解调。由于第二本振信号是对第一本振信号进行了频偏纠正后得到的信号,因此,第四信号的频偏值小于第一本振信号和第二信号混频后的信号的频偏值,这样,将第二支路的第二频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间设置的小于第一频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间,仍然可以准确地对第四信号进行解调。进而,不会对该接收设备的解调性能造成严重影响。Further, the receiving device demodulates the second local oscillator signal and the fourth signal after mixing the second signal through the second branch. Since the second local oscillator signal is a signal obtained by correcting the frequency offset of the first local oscillator signal, the frequency offset value of the fourth signal is smaller than the frequency offset of the signal after mixing the first local oscillator signal and the second signal. value, in this way, by setting the linear working interval corresponding to the second frequency amplitude converter of the second branch to be smaller than the linear working interval corresponding to the first frequency amplitude converter, the fourth signal can still be accurately demodulated. Furthermore, the demodulation performance of the receiving device will not be seriously affected.
在另一个示例中,接收设备包括第一支路和第二支路,第一支路包括第一滤波器,第二支路包括第二滤波器,第二滤波器的通带带宽小于第一滤波器的通带带宽。In another example, the receiving device includes a first branch and a second branch, the first branch includes a first filter, the second branch includes a second filter, and the passband bandwidth of the second filter is smaller than the first filter. The passband bandwidth of the filter.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例对第一滤波器和/或第二滤波器的类型不作限定。例如,该第一滤波器和/或第二滤波器可以是带通滤波器或低通滤波器。It should be noted that the embodiments of the present application do not limit the types of the first filter and/or the second filter. For example, the first filter and/or the second filter may be a band pass filter or a low pass filter.
在该示例中,该通信方法800还包括S830-B和S840-B。下面详细介绍S830-B和S840-B。In this example, the communication method 800 also includes S830-B and S840-B. The following introduces S830-B and S840-B in detail.
S830-B,接收设备通过第一滤波器对第三信号进行滤波,第三信号是第一信号和第一本振信号混频后得到的信号。S830-B: The receiving device filters the third signal through the first filter. The third signal is a signal obtained by mixing the first signal and the first local oscillator signal.
S840-B,接收设备通过第二滤波器对第四信号进行滤波,第四信号是第二信号和第二本振信号混频后得到的信号。其中,第二本振信号是基于第三信号的第一幅值信息对第一本振信号进行频偏纠正得到的信号。S840-B, the receiving device filters the fourth signal through the second filter. The fourth signal is the signal obtained by mixing the second signal and the second local oscillator signal. Wherein, the second local oscillator signal is a signal obtained by performing frequency offset correction on the first local oscillator signal based on the first amplitude information of the third signal.
根据上文S830-B和S840-B的相关描述可知,该接收设备先通过第一支路的第一滤波器,对第一信号和第一本振信号混频后得到的第三信号进行滤波。然后,该接收设备再通过第二支路的第二滤波器,对第二信号和第二本振信号混频后得到的第四信号进行滤波。其中第二本振信号是基于第三信号的第一幅值信息对第一本振信号进行频偏纠正得到的信号。由于第一本振信号存在频偏,因此,将第一支路的第一滤波器的通带带宽设置的比第二滤波器的通带带宽大,可以使得即使第一本振信号存在频偏的情况下,第一滤波器仍然不会滤除掉第三信号,进而后续便可以根据第三信号对第一本振信号进行频偏纠正。According to the relevant descriptions of S830-B and S840-B above, the receiving device first passes through the first filter of the first branch to filter the third signal obtained by mixing the first signal and the first local oscillator signal. . Then, the receiving device passes the second filter of the second branch to filter the fourth signal obtained by mixing the second signal and the second local oscillator signal. The second local oscillator signal is a signal obtained by performing frequency offset correction on the first local oscillator signal based on the first amplitude information of the third signal. Since the first local oscillator signal has a frequency offset, the passband bandwidth of the first filter of the first branch is set to be larger than the passband bandwidth of the second filter, so that even if the first local oscillator signal has a frequency offset In this case, the first filter still does not filter out the third signal, and then the frequency offset correction of the first local oscillator signal can be performed based on the third signal.
进一步地,该接收设备通过第二支路的第二滤波器,对第二信号和第二本振信号混频后得到的第四信号进行滤波。由于第二本振信号是对第一本振信号进行了频偏纠正后得到的信号,因此,第四信号的频偏值小于第一本振信号和第二信号混频后得到的信号的频偏值,这样,将第二支路的第二滤波器对应的通带带宽(相对于第一滤波器的通带带宽)设 置为较小的带宽,保证在残余的频偏下,第二滤波器不会滤除掉第四信号,同时,第二滤波器因为通带窄,可以滤除带外噪声,降低该接收设备的噪声水平,进而提升该接收设备对第四信号的解调性能。Further, the receiving device filters the fourth signal obtained by mixing the second signal and the second local oscillator signal through the second filter of the second branch. Since the second local oscillator signal is a signal obtained by correcting the frequency offset of the first local oscillator signal, the frequency offset value of the fourth signal is smaller than the frequency offset of the signal obtained by mixing the first local oscillator signal and the second signal. offset value, in this way, the passband bandwidth corresponding to the second filter of the second branch (relative to the passband bandwidth of the first filter) is set to Set to a smaller bandwidth to ensure that the second filter will not filter out the fourth signal under the residual frequency offset. At the same time, because the second filter has a narrow passband, it can filter out-of-band noise and reduce the quality of the receiving equipment. noise level, thereby improving the demodulation performance of the fourth signal by the receiving device.
可选地,在该示例中,该接收设备的第一支路还包括第一频率幅值转换器。此时,在S830-B和S840-B之间,该通信方法800还包括S830-A。关于S830-A的说明参考上文相关说明,这里不再赘述。Optionally, in this example, the first branch of the receiving device further includes a first frequency amplitude converter. At this time, between S830-B and S840-B, the communication method 800 also includes S830-A. For instructions on S830-A, refer to the relevant instructions above and will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,在该示例中,第一,S830-A中所述的第三信号为第一滤波器对第三信号进行滤波后得到的第三信号。第二,在上文所述的S830-A的基础上,一些可选地方案同样也适用于该示例中的S830-A,这里不再赘述。第三,该第一频率幅值转换器的内部结构和上文所述的第一频率幅值转换器内部结构的相同,关于该第一频率幅值转换器的未描述的部分可以参考上文第一频率幅值转换器的相关描述,这里不再赘述。It should be noted that in this example, first, the third signal described in S830-A is the third signal obtained after filtering the third signal by the first filter. Second, on the basis of the S830-A described above, some optional solutions are also applicable to the S830-A in this example, and will not be described again here. Third, the internal structure of the first frequency-to-amplitude converter is the same as the internal structure of the first frequency-to-amplitude converter described above. For undescribed parts of the first frequency-to-amplitude converter, please refer to the above. The relevant description of the first frequency amplitude converter will not be described again here.
可选地,在该示例中,该接收设备的第二支路还包括第二频率幅值转换器,第二频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间小于第一频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间。此时,在S840-B之后,该通信方法800还包括S840-A。关于S840-A的说明参考上文相关说明,这里不再赘述。Optionally, in this example, the second branch of the receiving device further includes a second frequency amplitude converter, and the linear working interval corresponding to the second frequency amplitude converter is smaller than the linear working interval corresponding to the first frequency amplitude converter. working area. At this time, after S840-B, the communication method 800 also includes S840-A. For instructions on S840-A, refer to the relevant instructions above and will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,在该示例中,第一,S840-A中所述的第四信号为第二滤波器对第四信号进行滤波后得到的第四信号。第二,在上文所述的S840-A的基础上,一些可选地方案同样也适用于该示例中的S840-A,这里不再赘述。第三,该第二频率幅值转换器的内部结构和上文所述的第二频率幅值转换器内部结构的相同,关于该第二频率幅值转换器的未描述的部分可以参考上文第二频率幅值转换器的相关描述,这里不再赘述。It should be noted that in this example, first, the fourth signal described in S840-A is the fourth signal obtained after filtering the fourth signal by the second filter. Second, on the basis of the S840-A described above, some optional solutions are also applicable to the S840-A in this example, and will not be described again here. Third, the internal structure of the second frequency-to-amplitude converter is the same as the internal structure of the second frequency-to-amplitude converter described above. For undescribed parts of the second frequency-to-amplitude converter, please refer to the above. The relevant description of the second frequency amplitude converter will not be described again here.
关于将第二频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间设置为小于第一频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间的原因、如何实现将第二频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间设置为小于第一频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间、以及将第二频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间设置为小于第一频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间所带来的技术效果,可以参考上文将第二频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间设置为小于第一频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间的原因、如何实现将第二频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间设置为小于第一频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间、以及将第二频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间设置为小于第一频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间所带来的技术效果,这里不再赘述。Regarding the reasons for setting the linear working interval corresponding to the second frequency amplitude converter to be smaller than the linear working interval corresponding to the first frequency amplitude converter, and how to set the linear working interval corresponding to the second frequency amplitude converter to be smaller than The linear working interval corresponding to the first frequency amplitude converter and the technical effect brought about by setting the linear working interval corresponding to the second frequency amplitude converter to be smaller than the linear working interval corresponding to the first frequency amplitude converter can be Refer to the above reasons for setting the linear working interval corresponding to the second frequency amplitude converter to be smaller than the linear working interval corresponding to the first frequency amplitude converter, and how to set the linear working interval corresponding to the second frequency amplitude converter. is smaller than the linear working interval corresponding to the first frequency amplitude converter, and the technical effect brought about by setting the linear working interval corresponding to the second frequency amplitude converter to be smaller than the linear working interval corresponding to the first frequency amplitude converter , we won’t go into details here.
需要说明的是,在通信方法800中,接收设备在接收到第一信号和/或第二信号之后,还可以执行以下至少一个步骤:(1)对接收的第一信号和/或第二信号进行滤波(如射频带通滤波);(2)对第一频率幅值转换器和/或第二频率幅值转换器得到的幅值信息进行滤波(如低通滤波);(3)对滤波后的第一信号和/或第二信号进行放大(如射频信号放大);(4)对第三信号和/或第四信号进行放大(如中频信号放大)。It should be noted that in the communication method 800, after receiving the first signal and/or the second signal, the receiving device may also perform at least one of the following steps: (1) processing the received first signal and/or the second signal Perform filtering (such as radio frequency bandpass filtering); (2) Filter the amplitude information obtained by the first frequency amplitude converter and/or the second frequency amplitude converter (such as low-pass filtering); (3) Filter amplify the subsequent first signal and/or second signal (such as radio frequency signal amplification); (4) amplify the third signal and/or fourth signal (such as intermediate frequency signal amplification).
根据上文对通信方法800的描述可知,在通信方法800中,发送设备先通过发送第一信号,指示接收设备对接收设备产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正。然后,发送设备再通过发送第二信号,指示接收设备对接收设备进入连接态,即指示接收设备接收发送设备发送的数据。也就是说,发送设备需要向接收设备发送两个信号(第一信号和第二信号),以使接收设备根据接收的两个信号,分别对接收设备产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正以及对接收的信号进行解调,以便接入连接态。According to the above description of the communication method 800, in the communication method 800, the sending device first instructs the receiving device to perform frequency offset correction on the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device by sending a first signal. Then, the sending device instructs the receiving device to enter the connection state by sending a second signal, that is, instructs the receiving device to receive the data sent by the sending device. That is to say, the sending device needs to send two signals (the first signal and the second signal) to the receiving device, so that the receiving device can perform frequency offset correction and correction of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device based on the two received signals. The received signal is demodulated in order to access the connected state.
进一步地,为了减少发送设备的信令开销,且不影响接收设备的解调性能,发送设备 也可以仅发送一个信号(第二信号),且该一个信号采用差分调频的调制方式,这样,接收设备根据接收的一个信号,便可以对接收设备产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正以及对接收的信号进行解调,以便接入连接态。此时,该通信方法的具体过程如图11所示。Further, in order to reduce the signaling overhead of the sending device without affecting the demodulation performance of the receiving device, the sending device It is also possible to send only one signal (the second signal), and the signal adopts the differential frequency modulation modulation method. In this way, the receiving device can perform frequency offset correction on the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device based on the received signal. The signal is demodulated in order to access the connected state. At this time, the specific process of the communication method is shown in Figure 11.
图11为本申请实施例提供的一例通信方法900的示意性流程图。Figure 11 is a schematic flow chart of an example communication method 900 provided by the embodiment of the present application.
例如,如图11所示,该通信方法900包括S910和S920。下面对S910和S920进行详细说明。For example, as shown in Figure 11, the communication method 900 includes S910 and S920. The S910 and S920 are described in detail below.
S910,发送设备采用差分调频的调制方式,对第二信号进行调制。S910: The sending device modulates the second signal using a differential frequency modulation modulation method.
其中,第二信号用于指示接收设备对接入设备进入连接态。The second signal is used to instruct the receiving device to enter the connection state with the access device.
关于第二信号的描述和S910具体过程的描述可以参考上文S820中的相关描述,这里不再赘述。For the description of the second signal and the specific process of S910, please refer to the relevant description in S820 above, and will not be described again here.
S920,发送设备采用频分复用方式,向接收设备发送调制后的第二信号和数据。相应地,接收设备接收调制后的第二信号和数据。S920: The sending device uses frequency division multiplexing to send the modulated second signal and data to the receiving device. Correspondingly, the receiving device receives the modulated second signal and data.
需要说明的是,本申请不局限于发送设备是通过频分复用的方式将第二信号和数据发送给接收设备,其也可以是通过分时的方式发送第二信号和数据。It should be noted that this application is not limited to the sending device sending the second signal and data to the receiving device in a frequency division multiplexing manner. It may also send the second signal and data in a time division manner.
可选地,在一些实施例中,在S920中,发送设备还可以仅向接收设备发送调制后的第二信号。此后,若发送设备有数据发送给接收设备,发送设备再向接收设备发送数据。若发送设备没有数据发送给接收设备,发送设备不会向接收设备发送数据。关于S920具体过程的描述可以参考上文S820中的相关描述,这里不再赘述。Optionally, in some embodiments, in S920, the sending device may also only send the modulated second signal to the receiving device. After that, if the sending device has data to send to the receiving device, the sending device then sends data to the receiving device. If the sending device has no data to send to the receiving device, the sending device will not send data to the receiving device. For a description of the specific process of S920, please refer to the relevant description in S820 above, and will not be described again here.
相对于通信方法800而言,在该通信方法900中,发送设备仅需给接收设备发送一个信号(第二信号),接入设备便可以对该信号进行解调,进而进入连接态。这样,可以减少发送设备的信令开销。此外,因为前后两个时间单元的时间间隔很短,即使接收设备产生的本振信号存在残余频偏,前后两个时间单元内产生的本振信号的残余频偏可以认为是相同的,这样,发送设备对第二信号采用差分调频调制的方式,接收设备通过对前后两个时间单元内的第二信号的频率相减(即差分调频调制方式),可以把接收设备产生的本振信号的残余的频偏抵消,从而不影响接收设备的解调性能。Relative to the communication method 800, in the communication method 900, the sending device only needs to send a signal (the second signal) to the receiving device, and the access device can demodulate the signal and then enter the connected state. In this way, the signaling overhead of the sending device can be reduced. In addition, because the time interval between the two time units before and after is very short, even if there is a residual frequency offset in the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device, the residual frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated in the two time units before and after can be considered to be the same. In this way, The sending device adopts a differential FM modulation method for the second signal, and the receiving device can subtract the frequencies of the second signal in the two time units before and after (i.e., the differential FM modulation method), so that the residual of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device can be The frequency offset is offset, thereby not affecting the demodulation performance of the receiving device.
可选地,接收设备在接收到第二信号之后,接收设备还可以对第二信号进行进一步处理。Optionally, after the receiving device receives the second signal, the receiving device may further process the second signal.
在一个示例中,接收设备包括第一支路和第二支路,第一支路包括第一频率幅值转换器,第二支路包括第二频率幅值转换器,第二频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间小于第一频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间。In one example, the receiving device includes a first branch and a second branch, the first branch includes a first frequency amplitude converter, the second branch includes a second frequency amplitude converter, and the second frequency amplitude converter The linear working range corresponding to the converter is smaller than the linear working range corresponding to the first frequency amplitude converter.
需要说明的是,在该示例中,该第一频率幅值转换器的内部结构和上文所述的第一频率幅值转换器内部结构的相同,关于该第一频率幅值转换器的未描述的部分可以参考上文第一频率幅值转换器的相关描述,这里不再赘述。It should be noted that in this example, the internal structure of the first frequency-to-amplitude converter is the same as the internal structure of the first frequency-to-amplitude converter described above. For the description part, reference may be made to the relevant description of the first frequency amplitude converter above, which will not be described again here.
在该示例中,该通信方法900还包括S930-A和S940-A。下面详细介绍S930-A和S940-A。In this example, the communication method 900 also includes S930-A and S940-A. The following introduces S930-A and S940-A in detail.
S930-A,接收设备通过第一频率幅值转换器得到第五信号的第二幅值信息,第五信号是第二信号和第一本振信号混频后得到的信号。S930-A, the receiving device obtains the second amplitude information of the fifth signal through the first frequency amplitude converter. The fifth signal is a signal obtained by mixing the second signal and the first local oscillator signal.
将上文S830-A中的所述的第三信号替换为第五信号,便可得到S930-A的相关描述,因此,这里不再赘述。By replacing the third signal in S830-A above with the fifth signal, the relevant description of S930-A can be obtained, and therefore will not be described again here.
需要说明的是,在该示例中,在上文所述的S830-A的基础上,一些可选地方案同样 也适用于该示例中的S930-A,这里不再赘述。It should be noted that in this example, based on the S830-A mentioned above, some optional solutions are also the same. It also applies to the S930-A in this example and will not be described again here.
S940-A,接收设备通过第二支路对第六信号进行解调,第六信号是第二信号和第二本振信号混频后得到的信号,第二本振信号是基于第二幅值信息对第一本振信号进行频偏纠正后得到的信号。S940-A, the receiving device demodulates the sixth signal through the second branch. The sixth signal is the signal obtained by mixing the second signal and the second local oscillator signal. The second local oscillator signal is based on the second amplitude. The signal obtained by correcting the frequency offset of the first local oscillator signal.
将上文S840-A中的相关描述做以下2点替换:(1)将第一幅值信息替换为第二幅值信息,并将第一频偏值替换为第二频偏值;(2)将第四信号替换为第六信号,便可得到S940-A的相关描述,因此,这里不再赘述。Replace the relevant description in S840-A above with the following two points: (1) Replace the first amplitude information with the second amplitude information, and replace the first frequency offset value with the second frequency offset value; (2) ) By replacing the fourth signal with the sixth signal, the relevant description of S940-A can be obtained, so it will not be described again here.
需要说明的是,在该示例中,在上文所述的S840-A的基础上,一些可选地方案同样也适用于该示例中的S940-A,这里不再赘述。It should be noted that in this example, on the basis of S840-A described above, some optional solutions are also applicable to S940-A in this example, and will not be described again here.
在另一个示例中,接收设备包括第一支路和第二支路,第一支路包括第一滤波器,第二支路包括第二滤波器,第二滤波器的通带带宽小于第一滤波器的通带带宽。In another example, the receiving device includes a first branch and a second branch, the first branch includes a first filter, the second branch includes a second filter, and the passband bandwidth of the second filter is smaller than the first filter. The passband bandwidth of the filter.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例对第一滤波器和/或第二滤波器的类型不作限定。例如,该第一滤波器和/或第二滤波器可以是带通滤波器或低通滤波器。It should be noted that the embodiments of the present application do not limit the types of the first filter and/or the second filter. For example, the first filter and/or the second filter may be a band pass filter or a low pass filter.
在该示例中,该通信方法900还包括S930-B和S940-B。下面详细介绍S930-B和S940-B。In this example, the communication method 900 also includes S930-B and S940-B. The following introduces S930-B and S940-B in detail.
S930-B,接收设备通过第一滤波器对第五信号进行滤波,第五信号是第二信号和第一本振信号混频后得到的信号。S930-B: The receiving device filters the fifth signal through the first filter. The fifth signal is a signal obtained by mixing the second signal and the first local oscillator signal.
将上文S830-B中的所述的第三信号替换为第五信号,便可得到S930-B的相关描述,因此,这里不再赘述。By replacing the third signal in S830-B above with the fifth signal, the relevant description of S930-B can be obtained, and therefore will not be described again here.
需要说明的是,在该示例中,在上文所述的S830-B的基础上,一些可选地方案同样也适用于该示例中的S930-B,这里不再赘述。It should be noted that in this example, on the basis of S830-B described above, some optional solutions are also applicable to S930-B in this example, and will not be described again here.
S940-B,接收设备通过第二滤波器对第六信号进行滤波,第六信号是第二信号和第二本振信号混频后得到的信号。其中,第二本振信号是基于第五信号的第二幅值信息对第一本振信号进行频偏纠正得到的信号。S940-B, the receiving device filters the sixth signal through the second filter. The sixth signal is the signal obtained by mixing the second signal and the second local oscillator signal. Wherein, the second local oscillator signal is a signal obtained by performing frequency offset correction on the first local oscillator signal based on the second amplitude information of the fifth signal.
将上文S940-B中所述的第四信号替换为第六信号以及第三信号替换为第五信号,便可得到S940-A的相关描述,因此,这里不再赘述。By replacing the fourth signal with the sixth signal and the third signal with the fifth signal described in S940-B above, the relevant description of S940-A can be obtained, and therefore will not be described again here.
需要说明的是,在该示例中,在上文所述的S840-A的基础上,一些可选地方案同样也适用于该示例中的S940-A,这里不再赘述。It should be noted that in this example, on the basis of S840-A described above, some optional solutions are also applicable to S940-A in this example, and will not be described again here.
关于将第二滤波器的通带带宽设置为小于第一滤波器的通带带宽的原因,以及将将第二滤波器的通带带宽设置为小于第一滤波器的通带带宽所带来的技术效果,可以参考上文的相关说明,这里不再赘述。Regarding the reasons for setting the passband bandwidth of the second filter to be smaller than the passband bandwidth of the first filter, and the consequences of setting the passband bandwidth of the second filter to be smaller than the passband bandwidth of the first filter For technical effects, please refer to the relevant instructions above and will not be repeated here.
可选地,在该示例中,该接收设备的第二支路还包括第二频率幅值转换器,第二频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间小于第一频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间。此时,在S940-B之后,该通信方法900还包括S940-A。关于S940-A的说明参考上文相关说明,这里不再赘述。Optionally, in this example, the second branch of the receiving device further includes a second frequency amplitude converter, and the linear working interval corresponding to the second frequency amplitude converter is smaller than the linear working interval corresponding to the first frequency amplitude converter. working area. At this time, after S940-B, the communication method 900 also includes S940-A. For instructions on S940-A, refer to the relevant instructions above and will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,在该示例中,第一,S940-A中所述的第六信号为第二滤波器对第四信号进行滤波后得到的第六信号。第二,在上文所述的S940-A的基础上,一些可选地方案同样也适用于该示例中的S940-A,这里不再赘述。第三,该第二频率幅值转换器的内部结构和上文所述的第二频率幅值转换器内部结构的相同,关于该第二频率幅值转换器的未描述的部分可以参考上文第二频率幅值转换器的相关描述,这里不再赘述。It should be noted that in this example, first, the sixth signal described in S940-A is the sixth signal obtained by filtering the fourth signal by the second filter. Second, based on the S940-A described above, some optional solutions are also applicable to the S940-A in this example, and will not be described again here. Third, the internal structure of the second frequency-to-amplitude converter is the same as the internal structure of the second frequency-to-amplitude converter described above. For undescribed parts of the second frequency-to-amplitude converter, please refer to the above. The relevant description of the second frequency amplitude converter will not be described again here.
关于将第二频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间设置为小于第一频率幅值转换器对 应的线性工作区间的原因、如何实现将第二频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间设置为小于第一频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间、以及将第二频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间设置为小于第一频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间所带来的技术效果,可以参考上文将第二频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间设置为小于第一频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间的原因、如何实现将第二频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间设置为小于第一频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间、以及将第二频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间设置为小于第一频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间所带来的技术效果,这里不再赘述。Regarding setting the linear operating interval corresponding to the second frequency-amplitude converter to be smaller than the pair of first frequency-amplitude converters The reasons for the corresponding linear working interval, how to set the linear working interval corresponding to the second frequency amplitude converter to be smaller than the linear working interval corresponding to the first frequency amplitude converter, and how to set the corresponding linear working interval of the second frequency amplitude converter to The technical effect brought about by setting the linear working interval to be smaller than the linear working interval corresponding to the first frequency amplitude converter can be referred to the above to set the linear working interval corresponding to the second frequency amplitude converter to be smaller than the first frequency amplitude. The reason for the linear working range corresponding to the converter, how to set the linear working range corresponding to the second frequency amplitude converter to be smaller than the linear working range corresponding to the first frequency amplitude converter, and how to set the linear working range corresponding to the second frequency amplitude converter to The technical effect brought about by setting the corresponding linear working interval to be smaller than the corresponding linear working interval of the first frequency amplitude converter will not be described again here.
需要说明的是,在通信方法900中,接收设备在接收到第二信号之后,还可以执行以下至少一个步骤:(1)对接收的第二信号进行滤波(如射频带通滤波);(2)对第一频率幅值转换器和/或第二频率幅值转换器得到的幅值信息进行滤波(如低通滤波);(3)对滤波后的第二信号进行放大(如射频信号放大);(4)对第五信号和/或第六信号进行放大(如中频信号放大)。It should be noted that in the communication method 900, after receiving the second signal, the receiving device may also perform at least one of the following steps: (1) filtering the received second signal (such as radio frequency bandpass filtering); (2) ) Filter the amplitude information obtained by the first frequency amplitude converter and/or the second frequency amplitude converter (such as low-pass filtering); (3) Amplify the filtered second signal (such as radio frequency signal amplification) ); (4) Amplify the fifth signal and/or the sixth signal (such as intermediate frequency signal amplification).
在又一个示例中,为了减小接收设备的系统的复杂性和成本,接收设备中仅设置一条线路,且一条线路上设置一个线性工作区间随通信装置产生的本振信号的频偏能够调整的频率幅值转换器。这样,该通信装置仅需通过一条路径和一个频率幅值转换器,既能实现对通信装置产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正,也能实现对通信装置接收的信号进行准确解调。In another example, in order to reduce the complexity and cost of the system of the receiving device, only one line is set in the receiving device, and a linear working interval is set on one line that can be adjusted with the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the communication device. Frequency to amplitude converter. In this way, the communication device only needs to pass through one path and one frequency amplitude converter, which can not only correct the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the communication device, but also accurately demodulate the signal received by the communication device.
在该示例中,该通信方法900还包括S930-C和S940-C。下面详细介绍S930-C和S940-C。In this example, the communication method 900 also includes S930-C and S940-C. The following introduces S930-C and S940-C in detail.
S930-C,接收设备的频率幅值转换器采用第一线性工作区间得到第五信号的第二幅值信息,第五信号是第二信号和第一本振信号混频后得到的信号。S930-C, the frequency-amplitude converter of the receiving device uses the first linear working interval to obtain the second amplitude information of the fifth signal. The fifth signal is a signal obtained by mixing the second signal and the first local oscillator signal.
S940-C,接收设备的频率幅值转换器采用第二线性工作区间对第六信号进行解调。其中,第六信号是第二信号和第二本振信号混频后得到的信号,第二本振信号是基于第二幅值信息对第一本振信号进行频偏纠正后得到的信号,第二线性工作区间小于第一线性工作区间。S940-C, the frequency-to-amplitude converter of the receiving device uses the second linear operating interval to demodulate the sixth signal. Wherein, the sixth signal is a signal obtained by mixing the second signal and the second local oscillator signal, and the second local oscillator signal is a signal obtained by frequency offset correction of the first local oscillator signal based on the second amplitude information. The second linear working interval is smaller than the first linear working interval.
需要说明的是,在接收设备处于非连接状态的情况下,该接收设备的频率幅值转换器1410默认采用第一线性工作区间。It should be noted that when the receiving device is in a non-connected state, the frequency-to-amplitude converter 1410 of the receiving device adopts the first linear working interval by default.
如上文所述,该接收设备先通过采用第一线性工作区间的频率幅值转换器,得到第二信号和第一本振信号混频后的第五信号的第二幅值信息。然后,该接收设备再通过采用第二线性工作区间的频率幅值转换器,对第二本振信号和第二信号混频后的第六信号进行解调,其中第二本振信号是基于第二幅值信息对第一本振信号进行频偏纠正后得到的信号。由于第一本振信号存在频偏,这样,将频率幅值转换器对应的第一线性工作区间设置的比第二线性工作区间大,可以使得第二信号和第一本振信号混频后的第五信号的频率,不会超出频率幅值转换器对应的第二线性工作区间,进而频率幅值转换器可以准确地得到第五信号的第二幅值信息,以便后续基于第二幅值信息对第一本振信号进行准确地频偏纠正。As mentioned above, the receiving device first obtains the second amplitude information of the fifth signal after mixing the second signal and the first local oscillator signal through the frequency-amplitude converter using the first linear working range. Then, the receiving device demodulates the second local oscillator signal and the sixth signal after mixing the second signal through the frequency-amplitude converter using the second linear working interval, wherein the second local oscillator signal is based on the second signal. The signal obtained by correcting the frequency offset of the first local oscillator signal using two amplitude information. Since the first local oscillator signal has a frequency offset, setting the first linear working interval corresponding to the frequency amplitude converter to be larger than the second linear working interval can make the second signal and the first local oscillator signal mixed. The frequency of the fifth signal will not exceed the second linear working range corresponding to the frequency-amplitude converter, so that the frequency-amplitude converter can accurately obtain the second amplitude information of the fifth signal, so that subsequent steps can be based on the second amplitude information. Accurately correct the frequency offset of the first local oscillator signal.
进一步地,该接收设备通过采用第二线性工作区间的频率幅值转换器对第二本振信号和第二信号混频后的第六信号进行解调。由于第二本振信号是对第一本振信号进行了频偏纠正后得到的信号,因此,第六信号的频偏值小于第一本振信号和第二信号混频后的信号的频偏值,这样,即使将频率幅值转换器对应的第二线性工作区间(相对于第一线性工作区间)设置的较小,仍然可以准确地对第六信号进行解调。进而,不会对该接收设备的解调性能造成严重影响。Further, the receiving device demodulates the second local oscillator signal and the sixth signal after mixing the second signal by using a frequency-amplitude converter in a second linear working interval. Since the second local oscillator signal is a signal obtained by correcting the frequency offset of the first local oscillator signal, the frequency offset value of the sixth signal is smaller than the frequency offset of the signal after mixing the first local oscillator signal and the second signal. value, in this way, even if the second linear working interval (relative to the first linear working interval) corresponding to the frequency-amplitude converter is set smaller, the sixth signal can still be accurately demodulated. Furthermore, the demodulation performance of the receiving device will not be seriously affected.
可选地,在一个示例中,在S930-C和S940-C之间,通信方法900还包括:S950-C, 接收设备将频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间从第一线性工作区间调整至第二线性工作区间。Optionally, in an example, between S930-C and S940-C, the communication method 900 also includes: S950-C, The receiving device adjusts the linear working interval corresponding to the frequency amplitude converter from the first linear working interval to the second linear working interval.
该接收设备还包括频偏估计模块,S950-C具体包括:频率幅值转换器向频偏估计模块发送第二幅值信息;频偏估计模块根据第二幅值信息得到第二频偏值,并在第二频偏值小于预设频偏值的情况下,向频偏估计模块发送控制信号,该控制信号用于指示频率幅值转换器将其对应的线性工作区间调小;频率幅值转换器将频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间从第一线性工作区间调整至第二线性工作区间。The receiving device also includes a frequency offset estimation module. S950-C specifically includes: the frequency amplitude converter sends the second amplitude information to the frequency offset estimation module; the frequency offset estimation module obtains the second frequency offset value based on the second amplitude information, And when the second frequency offset value is less than the preset frequency offset value, a control signal is sent to the frequency offset estimation module. The control signal is used to instruct the frequency amplitude converter to reduce its corresponding linear working interval; the frequency amplitude The converter adjusts the linear working interval corresponding to the frequency-amplitude converter from the first linear working interval to the second linear working interval.
本申请实施例对预设频偏值的具体取值不作限定,其可以根据实际情况而定。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific value of the preset frequency offset value, which can be determined according to the actual situation.
可选地,在该示例中,该频率幅值转换器包括第一电容、RLC谐振器和乘法器。输入频率幅值转换器的信号S(t)分两路,一路直接进入乘法器,另一路进入第一电容,并与RLC谐振器产生的信号汇成一路形成信号Sp(t),信号Sp(t)再进入乘法器与信号S(t)进行混频,得到混频后的信号S(t)Sp(t)。其中,RLC谐振器的另一端接地。Optionally, in this example, the frequency-to-amplitude converter includes a first capacitor, an RLC resonator and a multiplier. The signal S(t) input to the frequency-amplitude converter is divided into two channels. One channel directly enters the multiplier, and the other channel enters the first capacitor, and is combined with the signal generated by the RLC resonator to form the signal Sp(t). The signal Sp( t) then enters the multiplier to mix with the signal S(t) to obtain the mixed signal S(t)Sp(t). Among them, the other end of the RLC resonator is grounded.
可选地,在一个示例中,RLC谐振器包括分别并联连接的第二电容、电感、和可变电阻。该RLC谐振器产生的谐振信号的频率fc满足:
Optionally, in one example, the RLC resonator includes a second capacitor, an inductor, and a variable resistor respectively connected in parallel. The frequency f c of the resonant signal generated by the RLC resonator satisfies:
其中,L为电感的电感值,C为第二电容的电容值。fc也为信号S(t)的频率。Among them, L is the inductance value of the inductor, and C is the capacitance value of the second capacitor. f c is also the frequency of signal S(t).
信号S(t)经相位移动模块后得到信号Sp(t),信号Sp(t)再进入乘法器与信号S(t)进行混频,得到混频后的信号S(t)Sp(t)。After the signal S(t) passes through the phase shift module, the signal Sp(t) is obtained. The signal Sp(t) then enters the multiplier and is mixed with the signal S(t) to obtain the mixed signal S(t)Sp(t). .
该频率幅值转换器对信号S(t)旋转的相位φrot(f)满足以下公式:
The phase φ rot (f) rotated by the frequency-amplitude converter on the signal S(t) satisfies the following formula:
其中,R为可变电阻的电阻值,-2πfcRC为频率幅值转换器对应的频率幅值转移曲线的斜率。由此可见,频率-幅值转换曲线的斜率与可变电阻的电阻值R呈负线性相关,那么,可以通过调整可变电阻的电阻值R的大小,来实现对频率-幅值转换曲线的斜率的调整。Among them, R is the resistance value of the variable resistor, and -2πf c RC is the slope of the frequency amplitude transfer curve corresponding to the frequency amplitude converter. It can be seen that the slope of the frequency-amplitude conversion curve is negatively linearly related to the resistance value R of the variable resistor. Then, the frequency-amplitude conversion curve can be adjusted by adjusting the resistance value R of the variable resistor. Slope adjustment.
根据上文描述可知,频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间与频率-幅值转换曲线的斜率有关,频率-幅值转换曲线的斜率越大,频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间越小。因此,若想将第一线性工作区间调至比其小的第二线性工作区间,则可以将频率幅值转换器的频率-幅值转换曲线的斜率调大。进一步地,由于频率-幅值转换曲线的斜率与可变电阻的电阻值R呈负线性相关,那么,可以将频率幅值转换器中的电阻R的阻值调大,来实现将频率幅值转换器的频率-幅值转换曲线的斜率调大的目的,进而达到将频率幅值转换器对应的线性工作区间调小的目的。According to the above description, it can be seen that the linear working range corresponding to the frequency-amplitude converter is related to the slope of the frequency-amplitude conversion curve. The greater the slope of the frequency-amplitude conversion curve, the smaller the linear working range corresponding to the frequency-amplitude converter. . Therefore, if you want to adjust the first linear operating interval to a smaller second linear operating interval, you can increase the slope of the frequency-amplitude conversion curve of the frequency-to-amplitude converter. Furthermore, since the slope of the frequency-amplitude conversion curve is negatively linearly related to the resistance value R of the variable resistor, then the resistance value of the resistor R in the frequency-amplitude converter can be increased to achieve the frequency-amplitude conversion. The purpose of increasing the slope of the frequency-amplitude conversion curve of the converter is to achieve the purpose of reducing the linear working range corresponding to the frequency-amplitude converter.
需要说明的是,关于S930-C的具体过程和S930-A的具体过程类似,可参考上文S930-A的相关描述,这里不再赘述。以及,关于S940-C的具体过程和S940-A的具体过程类似,可参考上文S940-A的相关描述,这里不再赘述。It should be noted that the specific process of S930-C is similar to the specific process of S930-A. Please refer to the relevant description of S930-A above and will not be repeated here. Also, the specific process of S940-C is similar to the specific process of S940-A. Please refer to the relevant description of S940-A above, which will not be described again here.
在又一个示例中,为了减小接收设备的系统的复杂性和成本,接收设备中仅设置一条线路,且一条线路上设置一个带宽可随接收设备产生的本振信号的频偏能够调整的滤波器。这样,该接收设备仅需通过一条路径和一个滤波器,既能实现对纠正前的本振信号和接收的信号混频后的信号进行滤波,也能实现对纠偏后的本振信号和接收的信号混频后的信号进行滤波。 In another example, in order to reduce the complexity and cost of the system of the receiving device, only one line is set in the receiving device, and a filter whose bandwidth can be adjusted according to the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device is set on one line. device. In this way, the receiving device only needs to pass through one path and one filter, which can not only filter the mixed local oscillator signal before correction and the received signal, but also filter the local oscillator signal after correction and the received signal. The mixed signal is filtered.
在该示例中,该通信方法900还包括S930-D和S940-D。下面详细介绍S930-D和S940-D。In this example, the communication method 900 also includes S930-D and S940-D. The following introduces S930-D and S940-D in detail.
S930-D,接收设备的滤波器采用第一带宽对第五信号进行滤波,第五信号是第二信号和第一本振信号混频后得到的信号。S930-D, the filter of the receiving device uses the first bandwidth to filter the fifth signal. The fifth signal is the signal obtained by mixing the second signal and the first local oscillator signal.
需要说明的是,关于S930-D的具体过程和S930-B的具体过程类似,可参考上文S930-B的相关描述,这里不再赘述。It should be noted that the specific process of S930-D is similar to that of S930-B. Please refer to the relevant description of S930-B above and will not be repeated here.
可选地,在一个示例中,在S930-D之后,该通信方法900还包括上文所述的S930-C。此时,S930-C中所述的第五信号即为S930-D中所述的滤波器采用第一带宽对第五信号进行滤波后得到的第五信号。Optionally, in one example, after S930-D, the communication method 900 further includes S930-C described above. At this time, the fifth signal described in S930-C is the fifth signal obtained by filtering the fifth signal using the first bandwidth by the filter described in S930-D.
S940-D,接收设备的滤波器采用第二带宽对第六信号进行滤波。其中,第六信号是第二信号和第二本振信号混频后得到的信号,第二本振信号是基于第五信号的第二幅值信息对第一本振信号进行频偏纠正得到的信号,第二带宽小于第一带宽。S940-D, the receiving device's filter uses the second bandwidth to filter the sixth signal. Wherein, the sixth signal is a signal obtained by mixing the second signal and the second local oscillator signal, and the second local oscillator signal is obtained by performing frequency offset correction on the first local oscillator signal based on the second amplitude information of the fifth signal. signal, the second bandwidth is smaller than the first bandwidth.
需要说明的是,关于S940-D的具体过程和S940-B的具体过程类似,可参考上文S940-B的相关描述,这里不再赘述。It should be noted that the specific process of S940-D is similar to the specific process of S940-B. Please refer to the relevant description of S940-B above and will not be repeated here.
可选地,在一个示例中,在S940-D之后,该通信方法900还包括上文所述的S940-C。此时,S940-C中所述的第六信号即为S940-D中所述的滤波器采用第二带宽对第六信号进行滤波后得到的第六信号。Optionally, in one example, after S940-D, the communication method 900 further includes S940-C described above. At this time, the sixth signal described in S940-C is the sixth signal obtained by filtering the sixth signal using the second bandwidth by the filter described in S940-D.
可选地,在一个示例中,在通信方法900包括S930-C和/或S940-C的情况下,上文所述的依赖于S930-C和/或S940-C的可选方案同样适用于该示例,这里不再赘述。Optionally, in one example, in the case where the communication method 900 includes S930-C and/or S940-C, the above-mentioned optional solutions relying on S930-C and/or S940-C are also applicable to This example will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,在通信方法800中,第一支路和第二支路是分时工作的。在通信方法900中,第一支路和第二支路是同时工作的。It should be noted that in the communication method 800, the first branch and the second branch work in time-sharing. In the communication method 900, the first branch and the second branch work simultaneously.
在一个示例中,可以通过开关实现两条支路分时工作。具体的,每条支路都设置至少一个开关,当需要两条支路中的一个支路工作时,可以将该支路中的开关闭合,以使该支路与该通信装置的其他模块接通;当需要两条支路中的另一支路工作时,可以将该支路中的开关断开,并将该另一支路中的开关闭合,以使该支路与该通信装置的其他模块断开,该另一支路与该通信装置的其他模块接通。In one example, time-sharing operation of two branches can be achieved through switches. Specifically, each branch is provided with at least one switch. When one of the two branches is required to work, the switch in the branch can be closed so that the branch can be connected to other modules of the communication device. When the other branch of the two branches is required to work, the switch in the branch can be opened and the switch in the other branch can be closed so that the branch is connected to the communication device. The other modules are disconnected, and the other branch is connected to other modules of the communication device.
下面,结合图12和图13,详细描述本申请实施例提供的装置。Next, the device provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 12 and FIG. 13 .
图12为本申请实施例提供的一例装置1000的示意性结构图。Figure 12 is a schematic structural diagram of an example device 1000 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
示例性地,该装置1000可以设置在上文实施例中所述的发送设备或接收设备中。Exemplarily, the apparatus 1000 may be provided in the sending device or receiving device described in the above embodiments.
例如,如图12所示,该装置1000包括收发单元1010,收发单元1010可以与外部进行通信。收发单元1010还可以称为通信接口或通信单元。For example, as shown in Figure 12, the device 1000 includes a transceiver unit 1010, and the transceiver unit 1010 can communicate with the outside. The transceiver unit 1010 may also be called a communication interface or a communication unit.
可选地,该装置1000还可以包括处理单元1020,用于进行数据处理。Optionally, the device 1000 may also include a processing unit 1020 for data processing.
可选地,该装置1000还可以包括存储单元,该存储单元可以用于存储指令或者和/或数据,处理单元1020可以读取存储单元中的指令或者和/或数据。Optionally, the device 1000 may further include a storage unit, which may be used to store instructions and/or data, and the processing unit 1020 may read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit.
在一种可实现的方式中,该装置1000可以用于执行上文方法实施例中发送设备所执行的动作,这时,该装置1000可以为发送设备或者可配置于发送设备的部件,收发单元1010用于执行上文方法实施例中发送设备侧的收发相关的操作,处理单元1020用于执行上文方法实施例中发送设备侧的处理相关的操作。In an implementable manner, the device 1000 can be used to perform the actions performed by the sending device in the above method embodiment. In this case, the device 1000 can be a sending device or a component that can be configured in the sending device, a transceiver unit. The processing unit 1010 is used to perform transceiver-related operations on the sending device side in the above method embodiment, and the processing unit 1020 is used to perform processing-related operations on the sending device side in the above method embodiment.
在另一种可实现的方式中,该装置1000可以用于执行上文方法实施例中接收设备所执行的动作,这时,该装置1000可以为接收设备或者可配置于接收设备的部件,收发单 元1010用于执行上文方法实施例中接收设备侧的收发相关的操作,处理单元1020用于执行上文方法实施例中接收设备侧的处理相关的操作。In another implementable manner, the device 1000 can be used to perform the actions performed by the receiving device in the above method embodiment. In this case, the device 1000 can be a receiving device or a component that can be configured in the receiving device. one The unit 1010 is used to perform transceiver-related operations on the receiving device side in the above method embodiment, and the processing unit 1020 is used to perform processing-related operations on the receiving device side in the above method embodiment.
图13示出了本申请实施例提供的装置1100的示意性结构图。Figure 13 shows a schematic structural diagram of the device 1100 provided by the embodiment of the present application.
示例性地,该装置1100可以设置在上文实施例中所述的发送设备或接收设备中。Illustratively, the apparatus 1100 may be provided in the sending device or receiving device described in the above embodiment.
如图13所示,该装置1100包括:一个或多个处理器1110,一个或多个存储器1120,该一个或多个存储器存储1120存储有一个或多个计算机程序,该一个或多个计算机程序包括指令。当该指令被所述一个或多个处理器1110运行时,使得所述的装置1100执行上述实施例中发送设备执行的技术方案或使得所述的装置1100执行上述实施例中接收设备执行的技术方案。As shown in Figure 13, the device 1100 includes: one or more processors 1110, one or more memories 1120, the one or more memories 1120 store one or more computer programs, the one or more computer programs Includes instructions. When the instruction is executed by the one or more processors 1110, the device 1100 is caused to perform the technical solution performed by the sending device in the above embodiment or the device 1100 is caused to perform the technology performed by the receiving device in the above embodiment. plan.
本申请实施例提供了一种通信系统,包括发送设备和接收设备,该系统用于执行上述实施例中的技术方案。其实现原理和技术效果与上述方法相关实施例类似,此处不再赘述。Embodiments of the present application provide a communication system, including a sending device and a receiving device, and the system is used to implement the technical solutions in the above embodiments. The implementation principles and technical effects are similar to the above-mentioned method-related embodiments, and will not be described again here.
本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,当所述计算机程序产品在设备运行时,使得设备执行上述实施例中的技术方案。其实现原理和技术效果与上述方法相关实施例类似,此处不再赘述。其中,设备可以包括上文实施例中所述的发送设备或接收设备。Embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product. When the computer program product is run on a device, it causes the device to execute the technical solutions in the above embodiments. The implementation principles and technical effects are similar to the above-mentioned method-related embodiments, and will not be described again here. Wherein, the device may include the sending device or receiving device described in the above embodiment.
本申请实施例提供一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质包含指令,当所述指令在设备运行时,使得所述设备执行上述实施例的技术方案。其实现原理和技术效果类似,此处不再赘述。其中,设备可以包括上文实施例中所述的发送设备或接收设备。Embodiments of the present application provide a readable storage medium. The readable storage medium contains instructions. When the instructions are run on a device, they cause the device to execute the technical solutions of the above embodiments. The implementation principles and technical effects are similar and will not be described again here. Wherein, the device may include the sending device or receiving device described in the above embodiment.
本申请实施例提供一种芯片,所述芯片用于执行指令,当所述芯片运行时,执行上述实施例中的技术方案。其实现原理和技术效果类似,此处不再赘述。Embodiments of the present application provide a chip. The chip is used to execute instructions. When the chip is running, the technical solutions in the above embodiments are executed. The implementation principles and technical effects are similar and will not be described again here.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请实施例的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented with electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of the embodiments of the present application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and simplicity of description, the specific working processes of the systems, devices and units described above can be referred to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, and will not be described again here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该 计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the embodiments of the present application is essentially or contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium and includes a number of instructions to cause a computer device (which can be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code. .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。 The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Any person familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application. should be covered by the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (23)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述通信方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the communication method includes:
    采用频分复用方式,发送第一信号和第一数据,所述第一信号用于辅助接收设备对所述接收设备产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正;Using frequency division multiplexing, the first signal and the first data are sent, and the first signal is used to assist the receiving device in correcting the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device;
    采用频分复用方式,发送第二信号和第二数据,所述第二信号用于指示所述接收设备进入连接态;Use frequency division multiplexing to send a second signal and second data, where the second signal is used to instruct the receiving device to enter a connected state;
    其中,所述第一信号的第一发送参数和所述第二信号的第二发送参数是分别配置的,所述第一发送参数和所述第二发送参数的类型相同,Wherein, the first transmission parameter of the first signal and the second transmission parameter of the second signal are configured separately, and the first transmission parameter and the second transmission parameter are of the same type,
    所述第一发送参数包括以下至少一项:所述第一信号与所述第一数据之间的第一频率保护间隔、所述第一信号的调制阶数、所述第一信号的发射功率,The first transmission parameter includes at least one of the following: a first frequency guard interval between the first signal and the first data, a modulation order of the first signal, and a transmission power of the first signal. ,
    所述第二发送参数包括以下至少一项:所述第二信号与所述第二数据之间的第二频率保护间隔、所述第二信号的调制阶数、所述第二信号的发射功率。The second transmission parameter includes at least one of the following: a second frequency guard interval between the second signal and the second data, a modulation order of the second signal, and a transmission power of the second signal. .
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述第一信号采用差分调频的调制方式,和/或,所述第二信号采用差分调频的调制方式。The communication method according to claim 1, wherein the first signal adopts a differential frequency modulation modulation method, and/or the second signal adopts a differential frequency modulation modulation method.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的通信方法,其特征在于,在所述采用频分复用方式,发送第二信号和第二数据之前,所述通信方法还包括:The communication method according to claim 2, characterized in that before using frequency division multiplexing to send the second signal and the second data, the communication method further includes:
    根据所述第二信号的序列中的每N个比特所映射的第一频差,对所述第二信号进行调制;Modulate the second signal according to the first frequency difference mapped by every N bits in the sequence of the second signal;
    其中,N=log2M,所述M为所述第二信号的调制阶数;Wherein, N=log 2 M, where M is the modulation order of the second signal;
    所述第一频差为相邻两个时间单元内所述第二信号之间的频率差;The first frequency difference is the frequency difference between the second signals in two adjacent time units;
    第i个时间单元的所述第二信号的频率f(i)=mod[f(i-1)+△f(i),B1],△f(i)为所述第二信号的序列中第i个所述第二信号与第(i-1)个所述第二信号的第一频差,所述B1为预设的第一带宽值,i为大于1的整数。The frequency f(i) of the second signal in the i-th time unit=mod[f(i-1)+Δf(i),B1], where Δf(i) is the sequence of the second signal The first frequency difference between the i-th second signal and the (i-1)-th second signal, where B1 is a preset first bandwidth value, and i is an integer greater than 1.
  4. 根据权利要求2或3所述的通信方法,其特征在于,在所述采用频分复用方式,发送第一信号和第一数据之前,所述通信方法还包括:The communication method according to claim 2 or 3, characterized in that, before transmitting the first signal and the first data using frequency division multiplexing, the communication method further includes:
    根据所述第一信号的序列中的每P个比特所映射的第二频差,对所述第一信号进行调制;Modulate the first signal according to the second frequency difference mapped by each P bits in the sequence of the first signal;
    其中,P=log2Q,所述Q为所述第一信号的调制阶数;Wherein, P=log 2 Q, the Q is the modulation order of the first signal;
    所述第二频差为相邻两个时间单元内所述第一信号之间的频率差;The second frequency difference is the frequency difference between the first signals in two adjacent time units;
    第j个时间单元的所述第一信号的频率f(j)=mod[f(j-1)+△f1(j),B2],所述△f1(j)为所述第一信号的序列中第j个所述第一信号与第(j-1)个所述第一信号的第二频差,所述B2为预设的第二带宽值,所述j为大于1的整数。The frequency f(j) of the first signal in the jth time unit=mod[f(j-1)+Δf 1 (j), B2], and the Δf 1 (j) is the first The second frequency difference between the j-th first signal and the (j-1)-th first signal in the signal sequence, B2 is a preset second bandwidth value, and j is greater than 1 integer.
  5. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,The communication method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that:
    所述第一频率保护间隔大于所述第二频率保护间隔;和/或,The first frequency guard interval is greater than the second frequency guard interval; and/or,
    所述第一信号的调制阶数低于所述第二信号的调制阶数,或,所述第一信号为一个单频率信号,或,所述第一信号的调制阶数为2;和/或,The modulation order of the first signal is lower than the modulation order of the second signal, or the first signal is a single frequency signal, or the modulation order of the first signal is 2; and/ or,
    所述第一信号的发射功率高于所述第二信号的发射功率。The transmission power of the first signal is higher than the transmission power of the second signal.
  6. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述通信方法包括: A communication method, characterized in that the communication method includes:
    发送第一信号,所述第一信号用于辅助接收设备对所述接收设备产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正,所述第一信号采用差分调频的调制方式;Send a first signal, the first signal is used to assist the receiving device in correcting the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device, and the first signal adopts a differential frequency modulation modulation method;
    发送第二信号,所述第二信号用于指示所述接收设备进入连接态,所述第二信号采用差分调频的调制方式。Send a second signal, the second signal is used to instruct the receiving device to enter the connection state, and the second signal adopts a differential frequency modulation modulation method.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的通信方法,其特征在于,在所述发送第一信号之前,所述通信方法还包括:The communication method according to claim 6, characterized in that, before sending the first signal, the communication method further includes:
    根据所述第一信号的序列中的每P个比特所映射的第二频差,对所述第一信号进行调制;Modulate the first signal according to the second frequency difference mapped by each P bits in the sequence of the first signal;
    其中,P=log2Q,所述Q为所述第一信号的调制阶数;Wherein, P=log 2 Q, the Q is the modulation order of the first signal;
    所述第二频差为相邻两个时间单元内所述第一信号之间的频率差;The second frequency difference is the frequency difference between the first signals in two adjacent time units;
    第j个时间单元的所述第一信号的频率f(j)=mod[f(j-1)+△f1(j),B2],所述△f1(j)为所述第一信号的序列中第j个所述第一信号与第(j-1)个所述第一信号的第二频差,所述B2为预设的第二带宽值,所述j为大于1的整数。The frequency f(j) of the first signal in the jth time unit=mod[f(j-1)+Δf 1 (j), B2], and the Δf 1 (j) is the first The second frequency difference between the j-th first signal and the (j-1)-th first signal in the signal sequence, B2 is a preset second bandwidth value, and j is greater than 1 integer.
  8. 根据权利要求6或7所述的通信方法,其特征在于,在所述发送第二信号之前,所述通信方法还包括:The communication method according to claim 6 or 7, characterized in that, before sending the second signal, the communication method further includes:
    根据所述第二信号的序列中的每N个比特所映射的第一频差,对所述第二信号进行调制;Modulate the second signal according to the first frequency difference mapped by every N bits in the sequence of the second signal;
    其中,N=log2M,所述M为所述第二信号的调制阶数;Wherein, N=log 2 M, where M is the modulation order of the second signal;
    所述第一频差为相邻两个时间单元内所述第二信号之间的频率差;The first frequency difference is the frequency difference between the second signals in two adjacent time units;
    第i个时间单元的所述第二信号的频率f(i)=mod[f(i-1)+△f(i),B1],△f(i)为所述第二信号的序列中第i个所述第二信号与第(i-1)个所述第二信号的第一频差,所述B1为预设的第一带宽值,i为大于1的整数。The frequency f(i) of the second signal in the i-th time unit=mod[f(i-1)+Δf(i),B1], where Δf(i) is the sequence of the second signal The first frequency difference between the i-th second signal and the (i-1)-th second signal, where B1 is a preset first bandwidth value, and i is an integer greater than 1.
  9. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述通信方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the communication method includes:
    采用差分调频的调制方式,对第二信号进行调制,所述第二信号用于辅助接收设备对所述接收设备产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正,所述第二信号还用于指示所述接收设备所述接收设备对所述接收设备产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正后进入连接态;The second signal is modulated using a differential frequency modulation modulation method. The second signal is used to assist the receiving device in correcting the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device. The second signal is also used to indicate the The receiving device performs frequency offset correction on the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device and then enters the connected state;
    发送调制后的所述第二信号。The modulated second signal is sent.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述采用差分调频的调制方式,对第二信号进行调制,包括:The communication method according to claim 9, characterized in that the modulation method using differential frequency modulation to modulate the second signal includes:
    根据所述第二信号的序列中的每N个比特所映射的第一频差,对所述第二信号进行调制;Modulate the second signal according to the first frequency difference mapped by every N bits in the sequence of the second signal;
    其中,N=log2M,所述M为所述第二信号的调制阶数;Wherein, N=log 2 M, where M is the modulation order of the second signal;
    所述第一频差为相邻两个时间单元内所述第二信号之间的频率差;The first frequency difference is the frequency difference between the second signals in two adjacent time units;
    第i个时间单元的所述第二信号的频率f(i)=mod[f(i-1)+△f(i),B1],△f(i)为所述第二信号的序列中第i个所述第二信号与第(i-1)个所述第二信号的第一频差,所述B1为预设的第一带宽值,i为大于1的整数。The frequency f(i) of the second signal in the i-th time unit=mod[f(i-1)+Δf(i),B1], where Δf(i) is the sequence of the second signal The first frequency difference between the i-th second signal and the (i-1)-th second signal, where B1 is a preset first bandwidth value, and i is an integer greater than 1.
  11. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括:A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes:
    收发单元,用于采用频分复用方式,发送第一信号和第一数据,所述第一信号用于辅助接收设备对所述接收设备产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正;A transceiver unit, configured to send a first signal and first data in a frequency division multiplexing manner, where the first signal is used to assist the receiving device in correcting the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device;
    所述收发单元,还用于采用频分复用方式,发送第二信号和第二数据,所述第二信号 用于指示所述接收设备进入连接态;The transceiver unit is also configured to use frequency division multiplexing to send a second signal and second data. The second signal Used to instruct the receiving device to enter the connected state;
    其中,所述第一信号的第一发送参数和所述第二信号的第二发送参数是分别配置的,所述第一发送参数和所述第二发送参数的类型相同,Wherein, the first transmission parameter of the first signal and the second transmission parameter of the second signal are configured separately, and the first transmission parameter and the second transmission parameter are of the same type,
    所述第一发送参数包括以下至少一项:所述第一信号与所述第一数据之间的第一频率保护间隔、所述第一信号的调制阶数、所述第一信号的发射功率,The first transmission parameter includes at least one of the following: a first frequency guard interval between the first signal and the first data, a modulation order of the first signal, and a transmission power of the first signal. ,
    所述第二发送参数包括以下至少一项:所述第二信号与所述第二数据之间的第二频率保护间隔、所述第二信号的调制阶数、所述第二信号的发射功率。The second transmission parameter includes at least one of the following: a second frequency guard interval between the second signal and the second data, a modulation order of the second signal, and a transmission power of the second signal. .
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一信号采用差分调频的调制方式,和/或,所述第二信号采用差分调频的调制方式。The communication device according to claim 11, wherein the first signal adopts a differential frequency modulation modulation method, and/or the second signal adopts a differential frequency modulation modulation method.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置还包括:The communication device according to claim 12, characterized in that the communication device further includes:
    处理单元,用于根据所述第二信号的序列中的每N个比特所映射的第一频差,对所述第二信号进行调制;A processing unit configured to modulate the second signal according to the first frequency difference mapped by every N bits in the sequence of the second signal;
    其中,N=log2M,所述M为所述第二信号的调制阶数;Wherein, N=log 2 M, where M is the modulation order of the second signal;
    所述第一频差为相邻两个时间单元内所述第二信号之间的频率差;The first frequency difference is the frequency difference between the second signals in two adjacent time units;
    第i个时间单元的所述第二信号的频率f(i)=mod[f(i-1)+△f(i),B1],△f(i)为所述第二信号的序列中第i个所述第二信号与第(i-1)个所述第二信号的第一频差,所述B1为预设的第一带宽值,i为大于1的整数。The frequency f(i) of the second signal in the i-th time unit=mod[f(i-1)+Δf(i),B1], where Δf(i) is the sequence of the second signal The first frequency difference between the i-th second signal and the (i-1)-th second signal, where B1 is a preset first bandwidth value, and i is an integer greater than 1.
  14. 根据权利要求12或13所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置还包括:The communication device according to claim 12 or 13, characterized in that the communication device further includes:
    处理单元,用于根据所述第一信号的序列中的每P个比特所映射的第二频差,对所述第一信号进行调制;A processing unit configured to modulate the first signal according to the second frequency difference mapped by each P bits in the sequence of the first signal;
    其中,P=log2Q,所述Q为所述第一信号的调制阶数;Wherein, P=log 2 Q, the Q is the modulation order of the first signal;
    所述第二频差为相邻两个时间单元内所述第一信号之间的频率差;The second frequency difference is the frequency difference between the first signals in two adjacent time units;
    第j个时间单元的所述第一信号的频率f(j)=mod[f(j-1)+△f1(j),B2],所述△f1(j)为所述第一信号的序列中第j个所述第一信号与第(j-1)个所述第一信号的第二频差,所述B2为预设的第二带宽值,所述j为大于1的整数。The frequency f(j) of the first signal in the jth time unit=mod[f(j-1)+Δf 1 (j), B2], and the Δf 1 (j) is the first The second frequency difference between the j-th first signal and the (j-1)-th first signal in the signal sequence, B2 is a preset second bandwidth value, and j is greater than 1 integer.
  15. 根据权利要求11至14中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to any one of claims 11 to 14, characterized in that:
    所述第一频率保护间隔大于所述第二频率保护间隔;和/或,The first frequency guard interval is greater than the second frequency guard interval; and/or,
    所述第一信号的调制阶数低于所述第二信号的调制阶数,或,所述第一信号为一个单频率信号,或,所述第一信号的调制阶数为2;和/或,The modulation order of the first signal is lower than the modulation order of the second signal, or the first signal is a single frequency signal, or the modulation order of the first signal is 2; and/ or,
    所述第一信号的发射功率高于所述第二信号的发射功率。The transmission power of the first signal is higher than the transmission power of the second signal.
  16. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括:A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes:
    收发单元,用于发送第一信号,所述第一信号用于辅助接收设备对所述接收设备产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正,所述第一信号采用差分调频的调制方式;A transceiver unit configured to send a first signal. The first signal is used to assist the receiving device in correcting the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device. The first signal adopts a differential frequency modulation modulation method;
    所述收发单元,还用于发送第二信号,所述第二信号用于指示所述接收设备进入连接态,所述第二信号采用差分调频的调制方式。The transceiver unit is also configured to send a second signal. The second signal is used to instruct the receiving device to enter the connection state. The second signal adopts a differential frequency modulation modulation method.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置还包括:The communication device according to claim 16, characterized in that the communication device further includes:
    处理单元,用于根据所述第一信号的序列中的每P个比特所映射的第二频差,对所述第一信号进行调制;A processing unit configured to modulate the first signal according to the second frequency difference mapped by each P bits in the sequence of the first signal;
    其中,P=log2Q,所述Q为所述第一信号的调制阶数;Wherein, P=log 2 Q, the Q is the modulation order of the first signal;
    所述第二频差为相邻两个时间单元内所述第一信号之间的频率差; The second frequency difference is the frequency difference between the first signals in two adjacent time units;
    第j个时间单元的所述第一信号的频率f(j)=mod[f(j-1)+△f1(j),B2],所述△f1(j)为所述第一信号的序列中第j个所述第一信号与第(j-1)个所述第一信号的第二频差,所述B2为预设的第二带宽值,所述j为大于1的整数。The frequency f(j) of the first signal in the jth time unit=mod[f(j-1)+Δf 1 (j), B2], and the Δf 1 (j) is the first The second frequency difference between the j-th first signal and the (j-1)-th first signal in the signal sequence, B2 is a preset second bandwidth value, and j is greater than 1 integer.
  18. 根据权利要求16或17所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置还包括:The communication device according to claim 16 or 17, characterized in that the communication device further includes:
    处理单元,用于根据所述第二信号的序列中的每N个比特所映射的第一频差,对所述第二信号进行调制;A processing unit configured to modulate the second signal according to the first frequency difference mapped by every N bits in the sequence of the second signal;
    其中,N=log2M,所述M为所述第二信号的调制阶数;Wherein, N=log 2 M, where M is the modulation order of the second signal;
    所述第一频差为相邻两个时间单元内所述第二信号之间的频率差;The first frequency difference is the frequency difference between the second signals in two adjacent time units;
    第i个时间单元的所述第二信号的频率f(i)=mod[f(i-1)+△f(i),B1],△f(i)为所述第二信号的序列中第i个所述第二信号与第(i-1)个所述第二信号的第一频差,所述B1为预设的第一带宽值,i为大于1的整数。The frequency f(i) of the second signal in the i-th time unit=mod[f(i-1)+Δf(i),B1], where Δf(i) is the sequence of the second signal The first frequency difference between the i-th second signal and the (i-1)-th second signal, where B1 is a preset first bandwidth value, and i is an integer greater than 1.
  19. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括:A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes:
    收发单元,用于采用差分调频的调制方式,对第二信号进行调制,所述第二信号用于辅助接收设备对所述接收设备产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正,所述第二信号还用于指示所述接收设备所述接收设备对所述接收设备产生的本振信号进行频偏纠正后进入连接态;The transceiver unit is used to modulate the second signal using a differential frequency modulation modulation method. The second signal is used to assist the receiving device in correcting the frequency offset of the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device. The second signal also Used to instruct the receiving device that the receiving device performs frequency offset correction on the local oscillator signal generated by the receiving device and then enters the connected state;
    所述收发单元,还用于发送调制后的所述第二信号。The transceiver unit is also configured to send the modulated second signal.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置还包括:The communication device according to claim 19, characterized in that the communication device further includes:
    处理单元,用于根据所述第二信号的序列中的每N个比特所映射的第一频差,对所述第二信号进行调制;A processing unit configured to modulate the second signal according to the first frequency difference mapped by every N bits in the sequence of the second signal;
    其中,N=log2M,所述M为所述第二信号的调制阶数;Wherein, N=log 2 M, where M is the modulation order of the second signal;
    所述第一频差为相邻两个时间单元内所述第二信号之间的频率差;The first frequency difference is the frequency difference between the second signals in two adjacent time units;
    第i个时间单元的所述第二信号的频率f(i)=mod[f(i-1)+△f(i),B1],△f(i)为所述第二信号的序列中第i个所述第二信号与第(i-1)个所述第二信号的第一频差,所述B1为预设的第一带宽值,i为大于1的整数。The frequency f(i) of the second signal in the i-th time unit=mod[f(i-1)+Δf(i),B1], where Δf(i) is the sequence of the second signal The first frequency difference between the i-th second signal and the (i-1)-th second signal, B1 is a preset first bandwidth value, and i is an integer greater than 1.
  21. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by including:
    一个或多个处理器;one or more processors;
    一个或多个存储器;one or more memories;
    以及一个或多个计算机程序,其中所述一个或多个计算机程序被存储在所述一个或多个存储器中,所述一个或多个计算机程序包括指令,当所述指令被所述一个或多个处理器执行时,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1至10中任一项所述的通信方法。and one or more computer programs, wherein said one or more computer programs are stored in said one or more memories, said one or more computer programs include instructions that, when said instructions are processed by said one or more When a processor is executed, the communication device is caused to execute the communication method according to any one of claims 1 to 10.
  22. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在通信装置上运行时,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1至10中任一项所述的通信方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that it includes computer instructions, which when the computer instructions are run on a communication device, cause the communication device to perform the communication method according to any one of claims 1 to 10.
  23. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括至少一个处理器和接口电路,所述接口电路用于为所述至少一个处理器提供程序指令或者数据,所述至少一个处理器用于执行所述程序指令,以实现如权利要求1至10中任一项所述的通信方法。 A chip, characterized in that it includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit is used to provide program instructions or data to the at least one processor, and the at least one processor is used to execute the program instructions to Implement the communication method according to any one of claims 1 to 10.
PCT/CN2023/090787 2022-04-29 2023-04-26 Communication method and communication apparatus WO2023208025A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210474065.4 2022-04-29
CN202210474065 2022-04-29
CN202210800943.7A CN117014266A (en) 2022-04-29 2022-07-08 Communication method and communication device
CN202210800943.7 2022-07-08

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023208025A1 true WO2023208025A1 (en) 2023-11-02

Family

ID=88517749

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/090787 WO2023208025A1 (en) 2022-04-29 2023-04-26 Communication method and communication apparatus

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023208025A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20150263670A1 (en) * 2014-03-11 2015-09-17 Uniband Electronic Corp. Frequency Modulation Based on Two Path Modulation
CN105337916A (en) * 2014-07-11 2016-02-17 上海东软载波微电子有限公司 Carrier wave frequency offset compensation method, apparatus and receiving system
CN113489664A (en) * 2021-09-06 2021-10-08 杭州万高科技股份有限公司 Wireless frequency shift keying communication frequency offset compensation circuit and method

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20150263670A1 (en) * 2014-03-11 2015-09-17 Uniband Electronic Corp. Frequency Modulation Based on Two Path Modulation
CN105337916A (en) * 2014-07-11 2016-02-17 上海东软载波微电子有限公司 Carrier wave frequency offset compensation method, apparatus and receiving system
CN113489664A (en) * 2021-09-06 2021-10-08 杭州万高科技股份有限公司 Wireless frequency shift keying communication frequency offset compensation circuit and method

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
INTEL CORPORATION: "Baseband signal generation for NB-IoT downlink", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-161950 - INTEL NB-IOT DLSIGNALGEN, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Sophia Antipolis, FRANCE; 20160322 - 20160324, 16 March 2016 (2016-03-16), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051081066 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN113785497B (en) Analog phased array repeater with digital aided frequency conversion and phase adjustment
EP2816771B1 (en) Transmitter and transmitting method
US11611939B2 (en) Techniques for determining power offsets of a physical downlink shared channel
EP3149860B1 (en) Method and radio node for controlling radio transmission
JP2005039765A (en) Multimode radio terminal and radio transmitting/receiving part
WO2004057771A1 (en) Supporting multiple wireless protocols in a wireless device
US20170230210A1 (en) Interference cancellation in radio transceivers
WO2011082166A1 (en) Dual-loop transmit noise cancellation
CN112243578B (en) System and method for hybrid transmitter
CN103546186A (en) Radio communication apparatus, radio communication method, and program
US20220116193A1 (en) Wireless communication method and apparatus, and radio frequency subsystem
CN116134788A (en) Pilot signaling supporting digital post-distortion (DPOD) techniques
TWI706657B (en) Communication apparatus and method for avoiding inter-modulation distortion
CN105307178A (en) Dual-mode dual-connection terminal and communication method thereof
EP4131776A1 (en) Wireless communication device, system, and signal processing method
WO2023208025A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2023208024A1 (en) Communication apparatus and communication method
US11038736B2 (en) Method for cancelling self-interference signal when operating in FDR mode, and device therefor
WO2008074190A1 (en) Receiving, transmitting method for bluetooth signal and bluetooth transceiver therein
WO2017096937A1 (en) Transceiver for fifth-generation microwave base station, and implementation method therefor
CN117014266A (en) Communication method and communication device
CN117014265A (en) Communication device and communication method
US20240097710A1 (en) Radio access technology (rat) spectrum translator
US10728067B1 (en) Bluetooth transmitter with stable modulation index
WO2024064124A2 (en) Radio access technology (rat) spectrum translator

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23795457

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1